After r285994, sysctl(8) was fixed to use 273.15 instead of 273.20 as 0C
reference and as result, the temperature read in sysctl(8) now exibits a
+0.1C difference.
This commit fix the kernel references to match the reference value used in
sysctl(8) after r285994.
Sponsored by: Rubicon Communications (Netgate)
The GPIO hardware should not be owned by a single device, this defeats any
chance of use of the GPIO controller as an interrupt source.
ow(4) is now the only consumer of this 'feature' before we can remove it
for good.
Discussed with: ian, bsdimp
Fix panics which were present when BGX and PF module were unloaded.
Reviewed by: zbb
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6346
Add directory structure and fix dependencies to be able to
build and use Cavium VNIC driver as a module.
Reviewed by: zbb
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6345
utilizing previously unused arg field of struct ccb_notify_acknowledge.
This makes new QUERY TASK, QUERY TASK SET and QUERY ASYNC EVENT requests
really functional for CAM target mode drivers.
tested on the Pass 1.1 and 2.0 ThunderX machines in the Netperf cluster.
Reviewed by: jhb
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6453
Store the last doorbell write in the mlx5e_sq structure and write the
doorbell to the hardware when the transmit routine finishes
transmitting all queued mbufs.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Tested by: Netflix
MFC after: 1 week
This patch implements a sysctl which allows setting a factor, N, for
how many work queue elements can be generated before requiring a
completion event. When a completion event happens the code simulates N
completion events instead of only one. When draining a transmit queue,
N-1 NOPs are transmitted at most, to force generation of the final
completion event. Further a timer is running every HZ ticks to flush
any remaining data off the transmit queue when the tx_completion_fact
> 1.
The goal of this feature is to reduce the PCI bandwidth needed when
transmitting data.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Tested by: Netflix
MFC after: 1 week
Also check the return value of copyin(9) to prevent unnecessary allocation in the failure case.
Submitted by: ngie
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5155
This patch introduces support of BHND on SoC: nexus-to-bhnd drivers.
bhnd_soc is attached under nexus and responsible for all BHND-style calls
from bhnd(4) bus to parents.
bcma_nexus is bhnd(4) bus, attached to bhnd_soc and implement all
nexus-style behaviour of BHND.
Submitted by: Michael Zhilin <mizhka@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6248
Adds support for adjusting active bus resource allocations, limiting the
range to the constraints of the register window within which the resource
is mapped.
This is the final set of bhnd changes required to support delegating
ChipCommon's register space to child devices.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6470
This adds bhnd-compatible implementations of bus_(read|write|set)_(1|2|4) APIs,
and upgrades the SPROM parsing code to use bhnd_bus_read_region_stream_2().
This a precursor to bridge support for resource adjustment and the new
ChipCommon bus support.
Tested:
* Tested against BCM4331
* Kernel build verified via tinderbox.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6469
- Add a pcib_detach() function for the PCI-PCI bridge driver. It
tears down the NEW_PCIB and hotplug state including destroying
resource managers, deleting child devices, and disabling hotplug
events.
- Add a detach method to the ACPI PCI-PCI bridge driver which calls
pcib_detach() and then frees the copy of the _PRT interrupt routing
table.
- Add a detach method to the PCI-Cardbus bridge driver which frees
the PCI bus resources in addition to calling cbb_detach().
- Explicitly clear any pending hotplug events during attach to ensure
future events will generate an interrupt.
- If a the Command Completed bit is set in the slot status register
when the command completion timeout fires, treat it as if the
command completed and the completion interrupt was just lost rather
than forcing a detach.
- Don't wait for a Command Completed notification if Command Completion
interrupts are disabled. The spec explicitly says no interrupt is
enabled when clearing CCIE, and on my T400 no interrupt is generated
when CCIE is changed from cleared to set, either. In addition, the
T400 doesn't appear to set the Command Completed bit in the cases
where it doesn't generate an interrupt, so don't schedule the timer
either. (If the CC bit were always set, one could always set the timer
and rely on the logic of treating CC set as a missed interrupt.)
Reviewed by: imp (older version)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6424
Split getchannels() method in ath_hal/ah_regdomain.c into a subset
of functions for better readability.
Note: due to different internal structure, it cannot use
ieee80211_add_channel*() (however, some parts are done in a
similar manner).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6139
This code was originally implemented 7 years ago, but never really worked
due to trivial error. I think this functionality may be not required.
Initiators supporting optional periodic command status checks detected
those terminated commands and retried them 3 seconds later. But thinking
about less featured initiators and the fact that it is our race makes
virtual ports "unknown" it may be good to have this feature.
This change includes support for SCSI SMR drives (which conform to the
Zoned Block Commands or ZBC spec) and ATA SMR drives (which conform to
the Zoned ATA Command Set or ZAC spec) behind SAS expanders.
This includes full management support through the GEOM BIO interface, and
through a new userland utility, zonectl(8), and through camcontrol(8).
This is now ready for filesystems to use to detect and manage zoned drives.
(There is no work in progress that I know of to use this for ZFS or UFS, if
anyone is interested, let me know and I may have some suggestions.)
Also, improve ATA command passthrough and dispatch support, both via ATA
and ATA passthrough over SCSI.
Also, add support to camcontrol(8) for the ATA Extended Power Conditions
feature set. You can now manage ATA device power states, and set various
idle time thresholds for a drive to enter lower power states.
Note that this change cannot be MFCed in full, because it depends on
changes to the struct bio API that break compatilibity. In order to
avoid breaking the stable API, only changes that don't touch or depend on
the struct bio changes can be merged. For example, the camcontrol(8)
changes don't depend on the new bio API, but zonectl(8) and the probe
changes to the da(4) and ada(4) drivers do depend on it.
Also note that the SMR changes have not yet been tested with an actual
SCSI ZBC device, or a SCSI to ATA translation layer (SAT) that supports
ZBC to ZAC translation. I have not yet gotten a suitable drive or SAT
layer, so any testing help would be appreciated. These changes have been
tested with Seagate Host Aware SATA drives attached to both SAS and SATA
controllers. Also, I do not have any SATA Host Managed devices, and I
suspect that it may take additional (hopefully minor) changes to support
them.
Thanks to Seagate for supplying the test hardware and answering questions.
sbin/camcontrol/Makefile:
Add epc.c and zone.c.
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8:
Document the zone and epc subcommands.
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:
Add the zone and epc subcommands.
Add auxiliary register support to build_ata_cmd(). Make sure to
set the CAM_ATAIO_NEEDRESULT, CAM_ATAIO_DMA, and CAM_ATAIO_FPDMA
flags as appropriate for ATA commands.
Add a new get_ata_status() function to parse ATA result from SCSI
sense descriptors (for ATA passthrough over SCSI) and ATA I/O
requests.
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.h:
Update the build_ata_cmd() prototype
Add get_ata_status(), zone(), and epc().
sbin/camcontrol/epc.c:
Support for ATA Extended Power Conditions features. This includes
support for all features documented in the ACS-4 Revision 12
specification from t13.org (dated February 18, 2016).
The EPC feature set allows putting a drive into a power power mode
immediately, or setting timeouts so that the drive will
automatically enter progressively lower power states after various
idle times.
sbin/camcontrol/fwdownload.c:
Update the firmware download code for the new build_ata_cmd()
arguments.
sbin/camcontrol/zone.c:
Implement support for Shingled Magnetic Recording (SMR) drives
via SCSI Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) and ATA Zoned Device ATA
Command Set (ZAC).
These specs were developed in concert, and are functionally
identical. The primary differences are due to SCSI and ATA
differences. (SCSI is big endian, ATA is little endian, for
example.)
This includes support for all commands defined in the ZBC and
ZAC specs.
sys/cam/ata/ata_all.c:
Decode a number of additional ATA command names in ata_op_string().
Add a new CCB building function, ata_read_log().
Add ata_zac_mgmt_in() and ata_zac_mgmt_out() CCB building
functions. These support both DMA and NCQ encapsulation.
sys/cam/ata/ata_all.h:
Add prototypes for ata_read_log(), ata_zac_mgmt_out(), and
ata_zac_mgmt_in().
sys/cam/ata/ata_da.c:
Revamp the ada(4) driver to support zoned devices.
Add four new probe states to gather information needed for zone
support.
Add a new adasetflags() function to avoid duplication of large
blocks of flag setting between the async handler and register
functions.
Add new sysctl variables that describe zone support and paramters.
Add support for the new BIO_ZONE bio, and all of its subcommands:
DISK_ZONE_OPEN, DISK_ZONE_CLOSE, DISK_ZONE_FINISH, DISK_ZONE_RWP,
DISK_ZONE_REPORT_ZONES, and DISK_ZONE_GET_PARAMS.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c:
Add command descriptions for the ZBC IN/OUT commands.
Add descriptions for ZBC Host Managed devices.
Add a new function, scsi_ata_pass() to do ATA passthrough over
SCSI. This will eventually replace scsi_ata_pass_16() -- it
can create the 12, 16, and 32-byte variants of the ATA
PASS-THROUGH command, and supports setting all of the
registers defined as of SAT-4, Revision 5 (March 11, 2016).
Change scsi_ata_identify() to use scsi_ata_pass() instead of
scsi_ata_pass_16().
Add a new scsi_ata_read_log() function to facilitate reading
ATA logs via SCSI.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h:
Add the new ATA PASS-THROUGH(32) command CDB. Add extended and
variable CDB opcodes.
Add Zoned Block Device Characteristics VPD page.
Add ATA Return SCSI sense descriptor.
Add prototypes for scsi_ata_read_log() and scsi_ata_pass().
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_da.c:
Revamp the da(4) driver to support zoned devices.
Add five new probe states, four of which are needed for ATA
devices.
Add five new sysctl variables that describe zone support and
parameters.
The da(4) driver supports SCSI ZBC devices, as well as ATA ZAC
devices when they are attached via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT)
layer. Since ZBC -> ZAC translation is a new feature in the T10
SAT-4 spec, most SATA drives will be supported via ATA commands
sent via the SCSI ATA PASS-THROUGH command. The da(4) driver will
prefer the ZBC interface, if it is available, for performance
reasons, but will use the ATA PASS-THROUGH interface to the ZAC
command set if the SAT layer doesn't support translation yet.
As I mentioned above, ZBC command support is untested.
Add support for the new BIO_ZONE bio, and all of its subcommands:
DISK_ZONE_OPEN, DISK_ZONE_CLOSE, DISK_ZONE_FINISH, DISK_ZONE_RWP,
DISK_ZONE_REPORT_ZONES, and DISK_ZONE_GET_PARAMS.
Add scsi_zbc_in() and scsi_zbc_out() CCB building functions.
Add scsi_ata_zac_mgmt_out() and scsi_ata_zac_mgmt_in() CCB/CDB
building functions. Note that these have return values, unlike
almost all other CCB building functions in CAM. The reason is
that they can fail, depending upon the particular combination
of input parameters. The primary failure case is if the user
wants NCQ, but fails to specify additional CDB storage. NCQ
requires using the 32-byte version of the SCSI ATA PASS-THROUGH
command, and the current CAM CDB size is 16 bytes.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_da.h:
Add ZBC IN and ZBC OUT CDBs and opcodes.
Add SCSI Report Zones data structures.
Add scsi_zbc_in(), scsi_zbc_out(), scsi_ata_zac_mgmt_out(), and
scsi_ata_zac_mgmt_in() prototypes.
sys/dev/ahci/ahci.c:
Fix SEND / RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED in the ahci(4) driver.
ahci_setup_fis() previously set the top bits of the sector count
register in the FIS to 0 for FPDMA commands. This is okay for
read and write, because the PRIO field is in the only thing in
those bits, and we don't implement that further up the stack.
But, for SEND and RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED, the subcommand is in that
byte, so it needs to be transmitted to the drive.
In ahci_setup_fis(), always set the the top 8 bits of the
sector count register. We need it in both the standard
and NCQ / FPDMA cases.
sys/geom/eli/g_eli.c:
Pass BIO_ZONE commands through the GELI class.
sys/geom/geom.h:
Add g_io_zonecmd() prototype.
sys/geom/geom_dev.c:
Add new DIOCZONECMD ioctl, which allows sending zone commands to
disks.
sys/geom/geom_disk.c:
Add support for BIO_ZONE commands.
sys/geom/geom_disk.h:
Add a new flag, DISKFLAG_CANZONE, that indicates that a given
GEOM disk client can handle BIO_ZONE commands.
sys/geom/geom_io.c:
Add a new function, g_io_zonecmd(), that handles execution of
BIO_ZONE commands.
Add permissions check for BIO_ZONE commands.
Add command decoding for BIO_ZONE commands.
sys/geom/geom_subr.c:
Add DDB command decoding for BIO_ZONE commands.
sys/kern/subr_devstat.c:
Record statistics for REPORT ZONES commands. Note that the
number of bytes transferred for REPORT ZONES won't quite match
what is received from the harware. This is because we're
necessarily counting bytes coming from the da(4) / ada(4) drivers,
which are using the disk_zone.h interface to communicate up
the stack. The structure sizes it uses are slightly different
than the SCSI and ATA structure sizes.
sys/sys/ata.h:
Add many bit and structure definitions for ZAC, NCQ, and EPC
command support.
sys/sys/bio.h:
Convert the bio_cmd field to a straight enumeration. This will
yield more space for additional commands in the future. After
change r297955 and other related changes, this is now possible.
Converting to an enumeration will also prevent use as a bitmask
in the future.
sys/sys/disk.h:
Define the DIOCZONECMD ioctl.
sys/sys/disk_zone.h:
Add a new API for managing zoned disks. This is very close to
the SCSI ZBC and ATA ZAC standards, but uses integers in native
byte order instead of big endian (SCSI) or little endian (ATA)
byte arrays.
This is intended to offer to the complete feature set of the ZBC
and ZAC disk management without requiring the application developer
to include SCSI or ATA headers. We also use one set of headers
for ioctl consumers and kernel bio-level consumers.
sys/sys/param.h:
Bump __FreeBSD_version for sys/bio.h command changes, and inclusion
of SMR support.
usr.sbin/Makefile:
Add the zonectl utility.
usr.sbin/diskinfo/diskinfo.c
Add disk zoning capability to the 'diskinfo -v' output.
usr.sbin/zonectl/Makefile:
Add zonectl makefile.
usr.sbin/zonectl/zonectl.8
zonectl(8) man page.
usr.sbin/zonectl/zonectl.c
The zonectl(8) utility. This allows managing SCSI or ATA zoned
disks via the disk_zone.h API. You can report zones, reset write
pointers, get parameters, etc.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6147
Reviewed by: wblock (documentation)
That pops up in the rev 5xx / 6xx microcode on the later cores
(4312, 4322.) I'm not sure why this is happening yet and I'll
dig into it, but Linux b43 does the same thing.
* PMU controls the clock setup
* Correctly set idle low power handling
* Use a hard-coded powerup delay for some of the newer hardware
(including the BCM4322, which I've tested with.)
Tested:
* BCM4322, 2G + 5G STA mode
Obtained from: Linux b43 (PMU behaviour)
I transcribed the linux ssb offsets and .. didn't pick up that our SIBA
SPROM code has an offset of 0x1000.
This fixes a bunch of odd parsing values that showed up when I tried
using a newer NIC. The NIC still doesn't yet work but now the SPROM
values are right.
Oops!
* Add the new TX/RX frame formats;
* Use the right TX/RX format based on the frame info;
* Disable the 5xx firmware check, since now it should
somewhat work (but note, we don't yet use it unless
you manually add ucode11/initvals11 from the 5.x driver
to bwn-kmod-firmware;
* Misc: update some comments/debugging now I know what's
actually going on.
Tested:
* BCM4321MC, STA mode, both 4xx and 666 firmware, DMA mode
TODO:
* The newer firmware ends up logging "warn: firmware state (0)";
not sure yet what's going on there. But, yes, it still works.
I'm committing this via a BCM4321MC, 11a station, firmware
rev 666.
Obtained from: Linux b43 (TX/RX descriptor format for 5xx)
Greatly reduce the locked instructions and reduce number of inner loops.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6404
Use vmbus softc to save vmbus per-cpu data. More stuffs will be moved
into vmbus softc.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6403
And move base channel id calculation out of inner loop. This prepares
for more event processing optimization.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6384
* always allocate maximum size txhdr entries
* set the right rx header offset/framesize based on firmware
This still isn't what's completely required for fw 598 support; there's
more to come.
Tested:
* Apple BCM94321MC 11abgn NIC, 11a STA mode, firmware version 4xx.
Obtained from: DragonflyBSD (txhdr entry sizing), fw 598 RX header size (linux b43)
Previously the command completion interrupt would post any pending
command immediately before pcib_pcie_hotplug_update() had been
run to inspect the current status. Now, the command completion
interrupt merely clears the flag and stops the timer assuming that
the caller is always going to call pcib_pcie_hotplug_update() to
generate the next hotplug command if one is needed.
While here, fix a bug for systems with command completion where the
old (existing) value was written to the slot control register instead
of the new value. This fixes the complaint about a missing hotplug
interrupt on my T400.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6363
If platform support EXT_RESOURCES, clocks and resets are handled out of
the box.
If not driver can be subclassed using the generic_usb interface.
generic_usb name was choosed because at one point I'll add generic-ehci
FDT driver.
Reviewed by: jmcneill, hselasky
Approved by: andrew (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5481
It is normal for ZOMBIE ports to be logged out. This status is not really
an error until Gone Device Timeout expires, so make CAM retry after delay.
MFC after: 1 week
Firmware automatically logs in only to local loop ports, and those ports
can be easily identified without extra flag by zero domain and area IDs.
MFC after: 1 week
method. This is required for upcoming iSER support.
Obtained from: Mellanox Technologies (earlier version)
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Now that we've got access to SPROM and can access board identification,
this implements all known remaining hardware work-arounds for the bhnd(4)
PCI and PCIe-G1 cores operating endpoint mode.
Additionally, this adds an initial set of skeleton PCIe-G2 hostb and pcib
drivers, required by fullmac and newer softmac devices.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6377
Fix issues that crept in with initial import.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6393
Fix efx_mcdi_request_poll so it only raises an exception if EIO is
reported from a detected MC assert or reboot. This prevents
an unnecessary exception being raised if an MCDI response error code
is trandlated to EIO.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6392
The event/timer block used sysclk in Huntington, but has been
moved to the dpcpu clock domain for Medford. Fix the computed
timer quantum to use the right clock.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6389
This allows the driver to fall back to the largest usable MTU if a
user attempts to configure an unprivileged function with an MTU higher
than that of the attached port.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6387
Check licensing support at NIC startup to avoid multiple checks later.
As state is stored, licensing initialisation is moved later in start
procedure.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6385
Centralizes fetching of board information (vendor, type, revision, etc),
and adds support for matching quirks against board identification info.
* Adds a BHND_BUS_READ_BOARD_INFO(), allowing bhnd bus/bus parent(s) to
handle implementation-specific fetching of board info.
* Integrates board type constants from the latest Broadcom ISC-licensed
bcmdevs.h included in dd-wrt's Broadcom driver source drops.
* Adds support for matching on chip/board quirks to bhnd_device_quirks()/
bhnd_chip_quirks().
* Use the new board/chip quirk matching to match Apple devices that failed
to set BFL2_PCIEWAR_OVR in SROM.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6361
There are 5 logging levels:
* ERROR
* WARN
* INFO
* DEBUG
* TRACE
There are 2 logging context:
* with
* without device
DEBUG and TRACE records are printed only if bootverbose.
Logging records are printed with source code line information if acceptable
logging level is DEBUG or TRACE.
Submitted by: Michael Zhilin <mizhka@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6247
Extend macros for MIPS & ARM cores. Now only BCM cores can be matched by matching mechanism.
Submitted by: Michael Zhilin <mizhka@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6246
This is an updated version of D6140.
Tested:
* BCM4321 11abgn, STA mode (11a)
Submitted by: avos
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6140
Some ACPI operations such as mutex acquires and event waits accept a
timeout. The ACPI OSD layer implements these timeouts by using regular
sleep timeouts. However, this doesn't work during early boot before
event timers are setup. Instead, use polling combined with DELAY()
to spin.
This fixes booting on upcoming Intel systems with Kaby Lake processors.
Tested by: "Jeffrey E Pieper" <jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com>
Reviewed by: jimharris
MFC after: 1 week
* DUALPHY in TGSHIGH tells us there's a phy that is dualband, rather than
two separate PHYs/MACs (which we almost but don't quite yet support.)
Use it.
* Add the BCM4322 PCI ID to the list of devices we don't override.
This means the 2g/5g flags are preserved, and thus we get 5GHz
operation (with N-PHY, of course.)
Tested:
* BCM4311, STA mode (11bg)
* BCM4312, STA mode (11bg)
* BCM4321, STA mode (11abg)
Sponsored by: Palm Springs
* unbreak non-debug builds - don't default to debugging SCAN; that was
left-over from my testing.
* include opt_siba.h, now that it's generated as appropriate.
* stick the debug enum outside the debug block, just so it's there for
any code that wants to set siba_debug for some reason (like say,
my debugging muckup.)
* make DPRINTF() use __VA_ARGS__ for formatting too, so it correctly
handles printing w/ no args.
* Make DPRINTF() use device_printf().
Sponsored by: Palm Springs
Coverity reports an uninitialized "dir" in case the switch defaults
without hitting any case. Respect the original intent and quell the
false positive with the relatively new __unreachable() builtin.
CID: 1331566
translate the pci rid to a controller ID. The translation could be based
on the 'msi-map' OFW property, a similar ACPI option, or hard-coded for
hardware lacking the above options.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Add a new get_id interface to pci and pcib. This will allow us to both
detect failures, and get different PCI IDs.
For the former the interface returns an int to signal an error. The ID is
returned at a uintptr_t * argument.
For the latter there is a type argument that allows selecting the ID type.
This only specifies a single type, however a MSI type will be added
to handle the need to find the ID the hardware passes to the ARM GICv3
interrupt controller.
A follow up commit will be made to remove pci_get_rid.
Reviewed by: jhb, rstone (previous version)
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6239
interface with 5 methods to mirror the 5 MSI/MSI-X methods in the pcib
interface. The pcib driver will need to perform a device specific lookup
to find the MSI controller and pass this to intrng as the xref. Intrng
will finally find the controller and have it handle the requested operation.
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
MFH: yes
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5985
This is needed because the new MCDI command nvram_private_append can
return MC_CMD_ERR_EEXIST
Submitted by: Tom Millington <tmillington at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Report the full error descriptor in a form that can be passed to
firmwaresrc/dpcpu/scripts/evdecode
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Length consistency checks were failing for ECC hashes.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
This revision introduces basic support for the internal ESW switch found
Ralink/Mediatek SoCs such as RT3050, RT3352, RT5350, MT7628; and GSW
found in MT7620 and MT7621.
It only supports 802.1q VLANs and doesn't support external PHYs at the
moment (only the ones that are built into the switch itself).
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6348
Increase buffer sizes for license keys to 160 bytes to accomodate ECDSA
hashes.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Implementation of the MCDI commands for Siena boards was requesting
the wrong operation.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6370
Perform a more accurate check of whether the PCIe bandwidth is
sufficient for the current/supported port modes.
Give a different warning if there is sufficient bandwidth to achieve
line rate, but the link is not fast enough for optimal latency.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6369
Find end of segments in a more direct way that avoids an error report at
the terminator.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6367
A lookup on a VPD entry which is missing reports several failure
messages as it propagates through wrapper functions. Restructured
the wrappers to treat this gracefully as an expected case.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6366
Silent handling of failure to invoke functions that are not supported on
older licensing versions.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6365
Create separate implementations of the efx_lic API for each revision of
the licensing system. All processing of the V1/V2 license partition is
moved to efx_lic, and an implementation of V3 licensing uses the existing
TLV functions with extensions for writing new TLV entries.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6364
For channel0, it will never be processed on event handling path,
so there is no need to install it. After skipping in the channel0
installation, we could discard the channel0 check on event
handling hot code path.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6333
I've submitted an alternative proposal to -core about just importing
the (converted) GPL PHY code in an alternate directory under sys/gnu/
so I don't have to rewrite it all to be BSD licenced.
N-PHY and later require a lot more plcp specific setup for the PHY
to know what to transmit. I've been spoilt by the atheros, intel
and realtek parts where you don't have to hand-assemble the PLCP
but .. well, apparently Broadcom require a lot more work.
This, and PHY-N itself, was the last major missing bit to get 11a
OFDM transmit to work. Without this, CCK transmit worked but
OFDM transmit would always fail (with stat.phy_err set to 0x80.)
I have no idea what 0x80 is, and I went mad reading the broadcom
vendor driver to try and figure it out.
Tested:
* BCM4312 (PHY-LP)
* BCM4321 (PHY-N), 11a, 11bg.
Set phy-full-init always to 1 for now; PHY-N supports being able to do
partial init for things like fast channel changes but I'm going to
ignore it all.
This is a big commit with a whole lot of little changes, all in
preparation for PHY-N and rev 5xx firmware.
* add in a write method that does an explicit flush
* change the txpwr recalc type to return an enum, versus just an int.
* add in PHY-N RX frame format bits, for decoding RX RSSI and such
* add in the header space calculation for rev 5xx firmware.
* add in a whole bunch of new types that the newer and 5g phy code
needs. Notably, broadcom has a split 5GHz band concept -
5G-Low, 5G(-Mid) and 5G-High. I kept encountering this at my
day job and wondered whether it was just some marketing thing.
Nope, turns out it isn't; it's an actual PHY thing.
* Add a "am I a siba bus device" method, that returns true.
The aim is to convert all the siba/bhnd specific bits in if_bwn
over to be wrapped in this check, so when landon does a BHND
drive through he knows which bits need updating.
Now, this the /complete/ set of changes for rev 5xx firmware.
Notably, the TX descriptor handling isn't at all done yet and the
format has changed. So don' try blindly flipping this on just yet!
* Log the per-completion status out if requested
* If we get a PHY failure, the retrycnt is set to 0 and ack=0, so
the logic was incorrect. So, for ack=0, ensure we don't log
a retrycnt of 0 (or rate control breaks) or a negative retrycnt
(or rate control also breaks.)
Tested:
* BCM4321 (11abgn N-PHY), BCM4312 (LP-PHY)
* Ensure we set 20MHz wide channels (hard-coded) for PHY-N.
* Change the core rese tto take a flag saying "gmode" vesus uint32_t
flags. This is important for BCMA support where the "gmode" bit
is different.
* Refactor out the mac-phy clock reset routine (usde by PHY-N).
Tested:
* BCM4321 (PHY-N), BCM4312 (PHY-LP)
TODO:
* Checkpoint test on PHY-G hardware, just to check.
This isn't compiled in yet; so some code here duplicates what
is in the existing code. I'll migrate it all out in subsequent
commits.
Obtained from: b43 (definitions), bcm-v4 specifications website
This will eventually live in sys/dev/bhnd/, but I won't use that until
we migrate the whole driver over.
So, this'll live here for now.
Obtained from: Linux b43 (definitions)
bwn_sqrt() is in the PHY-LP code but is also needed by the upcoming
PHY-N support.
The other two routines are used by the PHY-N code.
The next commit will introduce it into the compile and pull bwn_sqrt()
out of the PHY-LP source.
Currently, Application Processors (non-boot CPUs) are started by
MD code at SI_SUB_CPU, but they are kept waiting in a "pen" until
SI_SUB_SMP at which point they are released to run kernel threads.
SI_SUB_SMP is one of the last SYSINIT levels, so APs don't enter
the scheduler and start running threads until fairly late in the
boot.
This change moves SI_SUB_SMP up to just before software interrupt
threads are created allowing the APs to start executing kernel
threads much sooner (before any devices are probed). This allows
several initialization routines that need to perform initialization
on all CPUs to now perform that initialization in one step rather
than having to defer the AP initialization to a second SYSINIT run
at SI_SUB_SMP. It also permits all CPUs to be available for
handling interrupts before any devices are probed.
This last feature fixes a problem on with interrupt vector exhaustion.
Specifically, in the old model all device interrupts were routed
onto the boot CPU during boot. Later after the APs were released at
SI_SUB_SMP, interrupts were redistributed across all CPUs.
However, several drivers for multiqueue hardware allocate N interrupts
per CPU in the system. In a system with many CPUs, just a few drivers
doing this could exhaust the available pool of interrupt vectors on
the boot CPU as each driver was allocating N * mp_ncpu vectors on the
boot CPU. Now, drivers will allocate interrupts on their desired CPUs
during boot meaning that only N interrupts are allocated from the boot
CPU instead of N * mp_ncpu.
Some other bits of code can also be simplified as smp_started is
now true much earlier and will now always be true for these bits of
code. This removes the need to treat the single-CPU boot environment
as a special case.
As a transition aid, the new behavior is available under a new kernel
option (EARLY_AP_STARTUP). This will allow the option to be turned off
if need be during initial testing. I plan to enable this on x86 by
default in a followup commit in the next few days and to have all
platforms moved over before 11.0. Once the transition is complete,
the option will be removed along with the !EARLY_AP_STARTUP code.
These changes have only been tested on x86. Other platform maintainers
are encouraged to port their architectures over as well. The main
things to check for are any uses of smp_started in MD code that can be
simplified and SI_SUB_SMP SYSINITs in MD code that can be removed in
the EARLY_AP_STARTUP case (e.g. the interrupt shuffling).
PR: kern/199321
Reviewed by: markj, gnn, kib
Sponsored by: Netflix
Since r276367 added the virtio_mmio support vtnet_modevent() gets called twice.
This resulted in a memory leak during load and a panic on unload.
Count the loads so we only initialise once (just like cxgbe(4)), and only clean
up in the final unload.
PR: 209428
Submitted by: novel@FreeBSD.org
MFC after: 1 week
Move legacy privilege masks near to their only user.
Move Huntington definitions to the top of hunt_impl.h to prepare
for moving the remaining EF10 definitions to ef10_impl.h.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6343
Falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6342
* Add the siba bus phy/mac/bandwidth clock definitions (TGSLOW*)
* Add the PHY-N register gateway (BWN_PHY_N())
* Add the PHY-N TX phystat1 register - we need to actually fill out
more of the PHY encoding information when we assemble a frame.
* Various ancillary stuff
Nothing uses this yet, but I do have CCK/OFDM somewhat working
in 2GHz mode on a PHY-N device.
Obtained from: b43 (definitions)
These firmwares were obtained from the "Chelsio T5/T4 Unified Wire
v2.12.0.3 for Linux" release. Changes since 1.14.4.0 (which is the
firmware in -STABLE branches) are in the "Release Notes" accompanying
the Unified Wire release and are copy-pasted here as well.
22.1. T5 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.15.37.0
Date : 04/27/2016
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixed an issue in FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD handling where the default ingress
queue was ignored.
- Fixed an issue where adapter failed to load fw by adjusting DRAM frequency.
- Fixed an issue in watchdog which was causing VM bring-up failure after reboot.
- Fixed 40G link failures with some switches when auto-negotiation enabled.
- Fixed to improve on link bring-up time.
- Per port buffer groups size doubled to improve performance.
- Fixed an issue where bogus d3hot bits were set causing traffic stall.
- Fixed an issue where sometimes adapter was not seen after reboot.
- Fixed an issue where iWARP was crashing in conjunction with traffic management.
- Fixed an issue where link failed to come up after removing twinax cable and
inserting optical module.
ETH
- Fixed a link flap issue on T580-CR.
OFLD
- Fixed a potential iSCSI data corruption issue by disabling RxFragEn flag.
FOiSCSI
- Fixed an issue in recovery path where connection was getting closed before
recovery processing was done.
- Fixed an issue in TCP port reuse.
- Fixed an issue in recovery path when large number (>64) of iSCSI connections
were in use.
- Returned ENETUNREACH if IP was not been provisioned yet and driver tried to
use given inerface.
- Fixed an issue where fw was sending ENETUNREACH event for normal tcp
disconnection.
DCBX
- Fixed an issue where iscsi tlv is sent incorrectly to host. (DCBX CEE)
- Fixed an issue where apply bit set for APP id was affecting the ETS and PFC
settings.(DCBX IEEE)
- Fixed an issue where app priority values are not handled correctly in fw.
(DCBX IEEE)
- Fixed an issue where enable/disable dcbx can cause crash. (DCBX CEE,DCBX IEEE)
FOFCoE
- Removed BB6 support.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Added new interface to program DCA settings in SGE contexts; allow 32-byte
IQE size
- Added PTP interface fw_ptp_ts to support PTP Frequeny and Offset adjustment.
- Added MPS raw interface.
ETH:
- New mailbox command FW_DCB_IEEE_CMD api added for IEEE dcbx.
OFLD:
- WR opcode is returned to host in cqe error response.
22.2. T4 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.15.37.0
Date : 04/27/2016
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixed an issue in FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD handling where default ingress queue
was ignored.
- Fixed an issue in watchdog which was causing VM bring-up failure after reboot.
- Per port buffer groups size doubled to improve performance.
- Fixed an issue where iWARP was crashing in conjunction with traffic management.
FOiSCSI:
- Fixed an issue in recovery path where connection was getting closed before
recovery processing was done.
- Fixed an issue in TCP port reuse.
- Fixed an issue in recovery path when large number (>64) of iSCSI connections
were in use.
- Returned ENETUNREACH if IP had not been provisioned yet and driver tried to
use given inerface.
DCBX
- Fixed an issue where iscsi tlv is sent incorrectly to host.(DCBX CEE)
- Fixed an issue where enable/disable dcbx can cause crash in firmware.(DCBX CEE)
FOiSCSI
- Fixes an issue where fw was sending ENETUNREACH event for normal tcp
disconnection.
FOFCoE
- Removed BB6 support.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Added MPS raw interface.
ETH:
- New mailbox command FW_DCB_IEEE_CMD api added for IEEE dcbx.
================================================================================
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
MFC after: 6 weeks
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
NOTE:
The FreeBSD system currently restricts the MAX IO size to MAXPHYS which
in turn is 128KB. We tested the 1MB IO by converting the MAXPHYS to 1MB.
Following is the mail reference:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-scsi/2015-January/006568.html
Submitted by: Sumit Saxena <sumit.saxena@broadcom.com>
Reviewed by: Kashyap Desai <Kashyap.Desai@broadcom.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
JBODs. Driver has to sync the JBOD map with firmware and use sequence number
as a reference for JBOD FastPath I/O's.
Submitted by: Sumit Saxena <sumit.saxena@broadcom.com>
Reviewed by: Kashyap Desai <Kashyap.Desai@broadcom.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
which leads to end being before start and thus a signed extended very large
number of size later on, which kva_alloc() will fail upon and we will panic.
Add the missing call.
Debugged with: andrew
Reviewed by: br, andrew
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
Found: while using virtio with gem5
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6337
Falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Reviewed by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Falcon support has been removed, so this code only supports Siena.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
It's the same on Medford as Huntington.
Multicast chaining is not always on, even with Medford, as it's not
supported by low latency firmware.
Unlike the Linux driver, we don't need to support virtulization with
firmware released before support for multicast chaining was added.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6319
With multicast chaining, if e.g. a specific multicast filter is
inserted and the multicast mis-match filter is then inserted, both may
match a packet and cause it to be delivered.
Copy the behaviour of the Linux driver, which is to remove the old filters
first, on the basis that customers are more likely to be able to handle
drops than duplicates (see bug49178 comment 4).
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6331
the driver here, so it shouldn't be accessed, let alone written to. Remove
the nearby debug line, it's the only thing that depended on the softc, and
it depended on it in a way that couldn't work in this part of the code.
This fixes some reports of use-after-free and system instability with
DEBUG_MEMGUARD enabled.
Submitted by: Matthew Macy
MFC after: 3 days
Add gpiobus_release_pin as a counterpart for gpiobus_map_pin. Without it
it's impossible to properly release pin so if kernel module is reloaded
it can't re-use pins again
Changes:
Kevin Scott i40e-shared: Save off VSI resource count when updating VSI
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Expose some registers to program parser, FD and RSS logic
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix errors in queue interrupt setup in MSIX mode.
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: implement and use rx ctl helper functions
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: don't use AQ calls from clear_hw
Eric Joyner ixl: Use rx ctl read/write functions instead of register accesses in certain places.
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: add adminq commands for rx ctl registers
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: implement and use rx ctl helper functions
Jeremiah Kyle i40e-shared: Corrected function name in comment block
Deepthi Kavalur i40e-shared: correcting a HW capability display info
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: fixups for (Linux) upstream consistency
Eric Joyner ixl: Only stop firmware's LLDP agent on older firmware versions.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes by author:
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix compile error when IXL_DEBUG is defined.
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix taskqueues created in init() not being freed in stop().
Eric Joyner ixl: Add additional debug sysctls, for Tx and Rx queue stats.
Eric Joyner ixl: Enable dynamic itr by default.
Eric Joyner ixl: Edit spacing, comments, function signatures (to conform to style(9)).
Eric Joyner ixl: Check for errors when tearing down msix interrupts.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove unnecessary register reads/writes.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove admin queue interrupt enable from general interrupt enable.
Eric Joyner ixl: Update switch config after teardown/reset flow in init().
Eric Joyner ixl: Add additional admin queue error code output to admin queue call errors.
Eric Joyner ixl: Don't destroy i40e spinlock if it's already uninitialized.
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: clean event descriptor before use
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: When in promisc mode apply promisc mode to Tx Traffic as well
Kevin Scott i40e_shared: Increase timeout when checking GLGEN_RSTAT_DEVSTATE bit
Eric Joyner ixlv: Fix IXL_DEBUG compile issue.
Eric Joyner ixlv: Attempt to fix panic/other issues when rapidly unloading/loading driver.
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Revert m_collapse() in ixl_xmit() to m_defrag().
Deepthi Kavalur i40e_shared: Trace logging HW capabilities
Eric Joyner ixlv: Correctly unlock/relock around init() call in vc_completion().
Eric Joyner ixl: Stop preventing changing flow control mode for CR4 media.
Eric Joyner ixl: Set IPv6 TCP offload flag when doing TSO.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes by author:
Eric Joyner ixl: Add more error messages/checks to ixl_vsi_assign_msix().
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Clarify a comment about descriptors.
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Improve i40e_debug() implementation.
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Remove unused ASSERT() macro; move struct around.
Eric Joyner ixl: Set initial advertised speed value in init_locked().
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix flow control sysctl value being stored when new value is invalid.
Eric Joyner Edit comments and spacing.
Carolyn Wyborny i40e-shared: Add functions to blink led on Coppervale PHY
Eric Joyner ixl: Re-do interrupt setup.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove VFLR task setup from legacy flow.
Eric Joyner ixl: Shutdown/setup HMC when handling an EMPR reset.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes:
Kiran Patil i40e-shared: APIs to Add/remove port mirroring rules
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: add VEB stat control and remove L2 cloud filter
Eric Joyner ixl: Update NVM version information shown.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove empty else block.
Eric Joyner ixl: Slightly re-work ixl_init_msix().
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove duplicate queue enablement.
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: implement the API function for aq_set_switch_config
Eric Joyner ixl: Update nvm version string shown in sysctl.
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Changes to PF/VF minor version checking/handling.
Eric Joyner ixlv: Reduce maximum wait time for responses to VF AQ messages.
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Edit comments, comment out code, and edit spacing.
Eric Joyner ixl: Print log message when SR-IOV init is successful.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add Tx Flow Control filter from main PF VSI.
Eric Joyner ixlv: Add extra error message when ixlv_get_vf_config times out.
Eric Joyner ixl: Assign current MOCS optics the XLPPI media type.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove conditional wait after link status event.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add line break and remove extraneous return statement.
Eric Joyner ixl: Allow 40G speeds in the advertise_speed sysctl.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add "CRC enable" field to link_status sysctl output.
Eric Joyner ixl: Move sbuf.h include out of IXL_DEBUG* defines.
Eric Joyner ixl: Move remaining debug sysctl funcs to IXL_DEBUG_SYSCTL define.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add cases for all remaining media types in shared code to media_status().
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes:
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: set shared bit for multicast filters
Piotr Raczynski i40e-shared: Bump AQ minor version for FVL/FPK
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove call to i40e_aq_set_mac_config() in init path.
Eric Joyner ixl: Always add interface mac address to driver+hw filter list.
Eric Joyner ixl: Edit comments.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add more descriptive sysctl help messages.
Eric Joyner ixl: Report more info in link_status sysctl.
Eric Joyner ixl: Flip set_aq_phy_int_mask mask bits.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes by author:
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove substitution of EACCES for EPERM when perrno is set on an nvmupdate command return.
Eric Joyner ixl: Print message when hardware sends GRST interrupt.
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix kernel panic when driver fails to initialize admin queue.
Eric Joyner ixl: Print out messages when a non-handled other interrupt occurs.
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix spaces in a couple messages.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add lock around nvmupd command entry point and reconvert EPERM errors to EACCES.
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Make some changes in the nvm read code
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ Add Run PHY Activity struct
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ Add Geneve cloud tunnel type
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ Add external power class to get link status response struct
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ Add shared resource flags for macvlan filters
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ Add set_switch_config
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ Add VXLAN-GPE tunnel type for cloud filter and tunnel commands
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: AQ thermal sensor control struct
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: Bump AQ minor version to 1.5 for FVL5 features
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: add a little more to an NVM update debug message
Carolyn Wyborny i40e-shared: Fix for PHY NVM interaction problem
Eric Joyner i40e-shared: Add prototypes for private NVM write functions
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Remove unused define from ixl.h.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add handling of EMP reset for nvm update purposes.
Eric Joyner ixl: Move addition of device sysctls to separate function.
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix up a couple error messages in ixl_attach().
Eric Joyner ixl: Update the hardware resource allocation debug sysctl.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes by author:
Kamil Krawczyk i40e-shared: use explicit cast from u16 to u8
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Add a Virtchnl offload for RSS PCTYPE V2
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove HP device IDs.
Jesse Brandeburg i40e-shared: add small bit of debug
Mitch Williams i40e-shared: check for stopped admin queue
Mitch Williams i40e-shared: set aq count after memory allocation
Jesse Brandeburg i40e-shared: remove forever unused ID
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix bug where RSS does not hash to more than 16 queues.
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: define function capabilities in only one place
Eric Joyner ixl: Change spacing, comments, and a single error message.
Eric Joyner ixl: Save admin queue phy interrupt mask as a define.
Eric Joyner ixl: Move callout_reset() to later in init_locked(), and stop clearing OACTIVE in driver flags.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add new reset+build flow to init() if it detects that the admin queue is stopped.
Eric Joyner ixl: Return EACCES instead of EPERM when an nvmupdate command fails.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove KX_A device ID.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes by author:
Helin Zhang i40e_shared: Fix compilation error - pointer-arith
Paul M Stillwell Jr i40e-shared: Replace sprintf with i40e_debug
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Fix an accidental error with BIT_ULL replacement
Jesse Brandeburg i40e-shared: remove useless assignments
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Add a workaround to drop all flow control frames
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Add new response struct from FW for AQ command i40e_aqc_lldp_set_local_mib
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Acquire NVM, before issuing an AQ read nvm command
Eric Joyner ixl/ixlv: Remove unused MAX_LOOP define.
Eric Joyner ixl: Remove extra aq_get_link_info() call in attach().
Eric Joyner ixl: Modify a couple error messages in attach() to be more informative.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add i40e_get_link_status() call to init_locked().
Eric Joyner ixl: Move callout_stop() to earlier in ixl_stop().
Eric Joyner ixl: Add extra comments around link ITR code.
Eric Joyner ixl: Attempt to enhance link event handling.
Eric Joyner ixl: Style, spacing, and comment changes.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add I40E_NVM_ACCESS definition.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add interface for nvmupdate tool ioctl to driver.
Eric Joyner ixl: Don't strip out nvm update support from the driver anymore.
Eric Joyner ixl: Interrupts are now allocated/setup and torn down/released on init()/stop().
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Changes by author:
Greg Rose ixl: Add MAC+VLAN filter for LAA MAC assignment
Carolyn Wyborny i40e_shared: fix for PHY NVM interaction problem
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Fix an accidental error with BIT_ULL replacement
Eric Joyner ixl: Fix potential crash when loading driver a startup and cannot setup all requested MSIX vectors.
Eric Joyner ixl: Add max of 8 queues limit to autoconfig.
Eric Joyner ixl: Re-add ian@'s sysctl fixes from upstream (r280043).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
This first update will revert some upstream changes; forthcoming updates will reinstate them.
Changes, by author:
Anjali Singhai Jain i40e-shared: Add WB_ON_ITR offload support
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: fix phy_types bitmap type
Kevin Scott i40e-shared: Store off PHY capabilities
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: fix byteswap of phy_type
Jingjing Wu i40e-shared: Fix compile issue related to const string
Greg Bowers i40e-shared: Add AQ defines for non-willing Apps (DCB)
Greg Bowers i40e-shared: Support for non-willing Apps (DCB)
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: use upper-32 bit macro for address
Shannon Nelson i40e-shared: grab the AQ spinlocks before clearing registers
Eric Joyner ixl: Properly strip out X722_SUPPORT (temporarily).
Eric Joyner ixl: Allow Fort Pond devices to advertise 100M in set_advertise sysctl.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6211
Reviewed by: sbruno, kmacy, jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
allowed to create any persistent state in their probe routine because it's
not guaranteed that they'll win the election and be allowed to attach.
Submitted by: Matthew Macy
MFC after: 3 days
Current netfront code relies on xs_scanf returning a value < 0 on error,
which is not right, xs_scanf returns a positive value on error.
MFC after: 3 days
Tested by: Stephen Jones <StephenJo@LivingComputerMuseum.org>
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
When the multicast filters we're allowed to insert are controlled by the
hypervisor, it may be that we can insert some but not others. So we need
to have fallbacks where we insert any filters we can without rolling back
when one fails to insert.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6318
On WIN8 like host systems, when rescan happens, the already installed
disks seem to return random invalid results for INQUIRY.
More investigation is under way to figure out why random invalid INQUIRY
results are delivered to VM on WIN8 like host systems.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6316
More of the same sort of issue as r299503, just missed some sysctls added in a
different place than the others.
Reported by: Coverity
CIDs: 1007692, 1009677, 1009678
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
None of the sysctl handlers in hdaa use the arg2 parameter, so just pass zero
instead. Additionally, the sizes being passed in were suspect (size of the
pointer rather than the value).
Reported by: Coverity
CIDs: 1007694, 1009679
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
- Introduce new OF API function OF_prop_free to free memory allocated by
OF_getprop_alloc and OF_getencprop_alloc. Current code just calls free(9)
with M_OFWPROP memory class which assumes knowledge about OF_*prop_alloc
functions' internals and leads to unneccessary code coupling
- Convert some of the free(..., M_OFWPROP) instances to OF_prop_free
Files affected by this commit are the ones I was able to test on real
hardware. The rest of free(..., M_OFWPROP) instances will be handled with
idividual maintainers
Reviewed by: andrew
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6315
gpiokey driver implements functional subset of gpiokeys device-tree bindings:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt
It acts as a virtual keyboard, so keys are visible through kbdmux(4)
Driver maps linux scancodes for most common keys to FreeBSD scancodes and
also extends spec by introducing freebsd,code property to specify
FreeBSD-native scancodes.
Reviewed by: mmel, jmcneill
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6279
detect failures, and get different PCI IDs.
For the former the interface returns an int to signal an error. The ID is
returned at a uintptr_t * argument.
For the latter there is a type argument that allows selecting the ID type.
This only specifies a single type, however a MSI type will be added
to handle the need to find the ID the hardware passes to the ARM GICv3
interrupt controller.
A follow up commit will be made to remove pci_get_rid.
Reviewed by: jhb, rstone
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6239
Enable previously added code for MTU handling (based on
Cavium 1.0 driver released on BSD license).
This commit enables possibility to change MTU on VNIC driver.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Number of free Tx descriptors does not need to be locked since
it can be modified atomically between SND and CQ tasks.
It will also block Tx routine from sending packets while CQ will not
be able to free descriptors.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6266
Based on v1.0 driver provided by Cavium under BSD license.
Support in-hardware RSS to distribute IP, UDP and TCP traffic
among available RX Queues and hence multiple CPUs.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6230
Delegate interrupts and completion tasks on separate CPUs
for each VNIC.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6229
This is quite harmless on HEAD, but it's worse on stable/10 where
lapic_ipi_vectored is the local APIC native IPI implementation. On
stable/10 cpu_ops.ipi_vectored should be used instead.
MFC after: 5 days
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
As unicast filters are not chained, we should always try to insert the
specific filter for our MAC address, and then try to insert the unicast
mis-match filter if that fails or all unicast has been requested.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6295
This caused signed/unsigned errors in some subsequent patches.
The only value passed to this is a uint32_t.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6294
The licensing partition for V3 licensing will use the standard TLV format,
so Medford licensing operations on the staging buffer are implemented using
the TLV functions.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6288
BMan and QMan will do this at attach time. Even though the registers are mapped
now, dpaa_portal_map_registers() will be called at BMan and QMan attach time,
updating the mappings to be private, and in the case of cache-enabled registers,
marked as coherent memory mappings.
- Get rid of hack with re-parenting gpio-leds node to gpiobus
- Use gpio_pin_set_active to enable/disable backlight, it automatically
takes care of active-low pins
Current API assumes that "gpios" property belongs to the device's node but for
some binding it's not true: gpiokeys has set of child nodes with this property.
Patch adds new argument instead of replacing device_t because device_t will be
used to track ownership for allocated pins
Reviewed by: mmel
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6277
MacBookPro and i915kms_load="YES" in /boot/loader.conf.
A lowlevel timeout in one of the display ports caused an infinite wait
because a ticks/jiffies comparison was constant. The clock subsystem
which makes ticks/jiffies increment is started after the initial
driver probing is done. Refer to sys/kernel.h and SI_SUB_DRIVERS vs
SI_SUB_CLOCKS .
Discussed with: kmacy @
Add creation, deletion and checksumming operations to the private copy of
TLV functions in the common code. Functions added in preparation for V3
licensing support, as licensing keys are stored in the TLV format. Missing
support for multiple segment partitions added. Annotations for Windows code
analysis also updated.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6264
Move TLV buffer validation into ef10-specific function and add accessor
function which also converts the partition ID to the internal
representation.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6263
Turns out that ye olde siba.c is /just/ the siba mips code (used by
the initial SENTRY5 port. However, I don't think it was ever
finished enough to be useful, and I do have this nagging feeling
that we'll eventually replace it with the bhnd code.
But, since bhnd(4) introduced siba.c too, we ended up with a
source file name clash, and that broke the SENTRY5 build.
It /looks/ like this is the only place siba.c / device siba is
used.
* bcma.c - assign different resource IDs for different regions
* bcma_erom.c - workaround for BCM/MIPS bus enumerations
Tested:
* (submitter) Tested on ASUS RT-N16 initially, double checked on ASUS RT-N53
* (landonf) BCM4331
Submitted by: Michael Zhilin <mizkha@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6245
bus_get_cpus() returns a specified set of CPUs for a device. It accepts
an enum for the second parameter that indicates the type of cpuset to
request. Currently two valus are supported:
- LOCAL_CPUS (on x86 this returns all the CPUs in the package closest to
the device when DEVICE_NUMA is enabled)
- INTR_CPUS (like LOCAL_CPUS but only returns 1 SMT thread for each core)
For systems that do not support NUMA (or if it is not enabled in the kernel
config), LOCAL_CPUS fails with EINVAL. INTR_CPUS is mapped to 'all_cpus'
by default. The idea is that INTR_CPUS should always return a valid set.
Device drivers which want to use per-CPU interrupts should start using
INTR_CPUS instead of simply assigning interrupts to all available CPUs.
In the future we may wish to add tunables to control the policy of
INTR_CPUS (e.g. should it be local-only or global, should it ignore
SMT threads or not).
The x86 nexus driver exposes the internal set of interrupt CPUs from the
the x86 interrupt code via INTR_CPUS.
The ACPI bus driver and PCI bridge drivers use _PXM to return a suitable
LOCAL_CPUS set when _PXM exists and DEVICE_NUMA is enabled. They also and
the global INTR_CPUS set from the nexus driver with the per-domain set from
_PXM to generate a local INTR_CPUS set for child devices.
Compared to the r298933, this version uses 'struct _cpuset' in
<sys/bus.h> instead of 'cpuset_t' to avoid requiring <sys/param.h>
(<sys/_cpuset.h> still requires <sys/param.h> for MAXCPU even though
<sys/_bitset.h> does not after recent changes).
Other structures needed by prototypes in t4_tom.h are explicitly
declared in this file, so adding the prototype here seems most
consistent with existing code.
This is due to the DevHandle not being released, which causes the Firmware to
not allow that disk to be re-added.
Reviewed by: ken, scottl, ambrisko, asomers
Approved by: ken, scottl, ambrisko
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6102
To prevent this, move check for done_ccb == NULL to before done_ccb is used in
mprsas_stop_unit_done().
Reviewed by: ken, scottl, ambrisko, asomers
Approved by: ken, scottl, ambrisko
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6099
It was possible to use an invalid pointer to get the target ID value. To fix
this, initialize a local Target ID variable to an invalid value and change that
variable to a valid value only if the pointer to the Target ID is not NULL.
Reviewed by: ken, scottl, ambrisko, asomers
Approved by: ken, scottl, ambrisko
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6100
Use MPI2_IOCSTATUS_MASK when checking IOCStatus to mask off the log bit, and
make a few more things endian-safe.
Reviewed by: ken, scottl, ambrisko, asomers
Approved by: ken, scottl, ambrisko
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6097
With the removal of Falcon support, this is now dead code.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
This patch ensures that client code will fail to build
with Falcon support. Following patches remove Falcon
support code entirely.
sfxge(4) has never supported Falcon.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
This adds support for the NVRAM handling and the basic SPROM
hardware used on siba(4) and bcma(4) devices, including:
* SPROM directly attached to the PCI core, accessible via PCI configuration
space.
* SPROM attached to later ChipCommon cores.
* SPROM variables vended from the parent SoC bus (e.g. via a directly-attached
flash device).
Additional improvements to the NVRAM/SPROM interface will
be required, but this changeset stands alone as working
checkpoint.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Reviewed by: Michael Zhilin <mizkha@gmail.com> (Broadcom MIPS support)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6196
This is used by the upcoming SPROM code to match on chipsets
that require special handling of muxed SPROM pins.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6195
This adds additional bhnd_resource shims used by the upcoming SPROM deltas.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6194
This allows bus children to query for the host bridge device, rather
than having to iterate over all attached devices.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6193
Chelsio's TCP offload engine supports direct DMA of received TCP payload
into wired user buffers. This feature is known as Direct-Data Placement.
However, to scale well the adapter needs to prepare buffers for DDP
before data arrives. aio_read() is more amenable to this requirement than
read() as applications often call read() only after data is available in
the socket buffer.
When DDP is enabled, TOE sockets use the recently added pru_aio_queue
protocol hook to claim aio_read(2) requests instead of letting them use
the default AIO socket logic. The DDP feature supports scheduling DMA
to two buffers at a time so that the second buffer is ready for use
after the first buffer is filled. The aio/DDP code optimizes the case
of an application ping-ponging between two buffers (similar to the
zero-copy bpf(4) code) by keeping the two most recently used AIO buffers
wired. If a buffer is reused, the aio/DDP code is able to reuse the
vm_page_t array as well as page pod mappings (a kind of MMU mapping the
Chelsio NIC uses to describe user buffers). The generation of the
vmspace of the calling process is used in conjunction with the user
buffer's address and length to determine if a user buffer matches a
previously used buffer. If an application queues a buffer for AIO that
does not match a previously used buffer then the least recently used
buffer is unwired before the new buffer is wired. This ensures that no
more than two user buffers per socket are ever wired.
Note that this feature is best suited to applications sending a steady
stream of data vs short bursts of traffic.
Discussed with: np
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
When devctl was added, the location string for PCI devices was changed to
use the PCI "selector" that pciconf and devctl accept. However, devd
assumes that location strings are formatted as a list of name=value pairs.
As a result, devd is no longer parsing any of the values out of PCI
device events. Restore the previous format of the PCI location strings
to restore the location and slot keywords in case any devd scripts are
using this. Add the "selector" as a new 'dbsf' location variable.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 3 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6253
free'd by the functions following its call, we can simply return instead
of crashing and burning in the event of igb_detach() failing.
PR: 197139
Submitted by: rupavath@juniper.net
MFC after: 2 weeks
The size field in the XENMEM_add_to_physmap_range is an uint16_t, and the
privcmd driver was doing an implicit truncation of an int into an uint16_t
when filling the hypercall parameters.
Fix this by adding a loop and making sure privcmd splits ioctl request into
2^16 chunks when issuing the hypercalls.
Reported and tested by: Marcin Cieslak <saper@saper.info>
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Although usually small, values produced by nitems() are unsigned.
By unsigning the corresponding indexes we avoid signed vs unsigned
comparisons. This may have some effect on performance, although given the
small sizes the effect will not be perceivable, and it makes the code
clearer.
Respect the style of the changed files: one uses u_int while the other
uses "unsigned int".
Reviewed by: hselasky
PCI-express HotPlug support is implemented via bits in the slot
registers of the PCI-express capability of the downstream port along
with an interrupt that triggers when bits in the slot status register
change.
This is implemented for FreeBSD by adding HotPlug support to the
PCI-PCI bridge driver which attaches to the virtual PCI-PCI bridges
representing downstream ports on HotPlug slots. The PCI-PCI bridge
driver registers an interrupt handler to receive HotPlug events. It
also uses the slot registers to determine the current HotPlug state
and drive an internal HotPlug state machine. For simplicty of
implementation, the PCI-PCI bridge device detaches and deletes the
child PCI device when a card is removed from a slot and creates and
attaches a PCI child device when a card is inserted into the slot.
The PCI-PCI bridge driver provides a bus_child_present which claims
that child devices are present on HotPlug-capable slots only when a
card is inserted. Rather than requiring a timeout in the RC for
config accesses to not-present children, the pcib_read/write_config
methods fail all requests when a card is not present (or not yet
ready).
These changes include support for various optional HotPlug
capabilities such as a power controller, mechanical latch,
electro-mechanical interlock, indicators, and an attention button.
It also includes support for devices which require waiting for
command completion events before initiating a subsequent HotPlug
command. However, it has only been tested on ExpressCard systems
which support surprise removal and have none of these optional
capabilities.
PCI-express HotPlug support is conditional on the PCI_HP option
which is enabled by default on arm64, x86, and powerpc.
Reviewed by: adrian, imp, vangyzen (older versions)
Relnotes: yes
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6136
Further to r299119. GCC architectures failed with
bcma_subr.c:138: warning: control reaches end of non-void function
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
"make tinderbox" fails on sparc64 GENERIC-NODEBUG with:
bhnd_subr.c:188: warning: control reaches end of non-void function
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Different versions of firmware have different requirments for TX/RX
packet layouts (and other things, of course.) Currently the driver
checks between 3xx and 4xx firmware by using the BWN_ISOLDFMT() macro,
which doesn't take into account the 5xx firmware (which I think I need
for the HT and N series PHY chips. I'll know when I do the port.)
BWN_HDRSIZE() also needs to learn about the 5xx series firmware
as well.
So:
* add a firmware version enum
* populate it based on the firmware version we read at load time
* don't finish loading if the firmware is the 5xx firmware; any
code using BWN_ISOLDFMT or BWN_HDRSIZE needs updating (most notably
the TX and RX bits.)
Then, for RX RSSI:
* write down and reimplement the b43 rssi calculation method;
* use it for the correct PHYs (which are all the ones we support);
* do the RSSI calculation before radiotap, not after.
Tested:
* Broadcom BCM4312, STA mode
Obtained from: Linux b43 (careful writing and reimplementing; lots of integer math..)
This is an initial work in progress to use the replacement bhnd
bus code for devices which support it.
* Add manpage updates for bhnd, bhndb, siba
* Add kernel options for bhnd, bhndbus, etc
* Add initial support in if_bwn_pci / if_bwn_mac for using bhnd
as the bus transport for suppoted NICs
* if_bwn_pci will eventually be the PCI bus glue to interface to bwn,
which will use the right backend bus to attach to, versus direct
nexus/bhnd attachments (as found in embedded broadcom devices.)
The PCI glue defaults to probing at a lower level than the bwn glue,
so bwn should still attach as per normal without a boot time tunable set.
It's also not fully fleshed out - the bwn probe/attach code needs to be
broken out into platform and bus specific things (just like ath, ath_pci,
ath_ahb) before we can shift the driver over to using this.
Tested:
* BCM4311, STA mode
* BCM4312, STA mode
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6191
The previous change to split the worker thread start out of fdc_attach()
did not start the worker thread if the fdc device in the ACPI namespace
did not have an _FDE method. This fixes hangs when booting with a
floppy controller enabled on certain machines with ACPI.
Tested by: joel
Two new functions are provided, bit_ffs_at() and bit_ffc_at(), which allow
for efficient searching of set or cleared bits starting from any bit offset
within the bit string.
Performance is improved by operating on longs instead of bytes and using
ffsl() for searches within a long. ffsl() is a compiler builtin in both
clang and gcc for most architectures, converting what was a brute force
while loop search into a couple of instructions.
All of the bitstring(3) API continues to be contained in the header file.
Some of the functions are large enough that perhaps they should be uninlined
and moved to a library, but that is beyond the scope of this commit.
sys/sys/bitstring.h:
Convert the majority of the existing bit string implementation from
macros to inline functions.
Properly protect the implementation from inadvertant macro expansion
when included in a user's program by prefixing all private
macros/functions and local variables with '_'.
Add bit_ffs_at() and bit_ffc_at(). Implement bit_ffs() and
bit_ffc() in terms of their "at" counterparts.
Provide a kernel implementation of bit_alloc(), making the full API
usable in the kernel.
Improve code documenation.
share/man/man3/bitstring.3:
Add pre-exisiting API bit_ffc() to the synopsis.
Document new APIs.
Document the initialization state of the bit strings
allocated/declared by bit_alloc() and bit_decl().
Correct documentation for bitstr_size(). The original code comments
indicate the size is in bytes, not "elements of bitstr_t". The new
implementation follows this lead. Only hastd assumed "elements"
rather than bytes and it has been corrected.
etc/mtree/BSD.tests.dist:
tests/sys/Makefile:
tests/sys/sys/Makefile:
tests/sys/sys/bitstring.c:
Add tests for all existing and new functionality.
include/bitstring.h
Include all headers needed by sys/bitstring.h
lib/libbluetooth/bluetooth.h:
usr.sbin/bluetooth/hccontrol/le.c:
Include bitstring.h instead of sys/bitstring.h.
sbin/hastd/activemap.c:
Correct usage of bitstr_size().
sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c
Use new bit_alloc.
sys/kern/subr_unit.c:
Remove hard-coded assumption that sizeof(bitstr_t) is 1. Get rid of
unrb.busy, which caches the number of bits set in unrb.map. When
INVARIANTS are disabled, nothing needs to know that information.
callapse_unr can be adapted to use bit_ffs and bit_ffc instead.
Eliminating unrb.busy saves memory, simplifies the code, and
provides a slight speedup when INVARIANTS are disabled.
sys/net/flowtable.c:
Use the new kernel implementation of bit-alloc, instead of hacking
the old libc-dependent macro.
sys/sys/param.h
Update __FreeBSD_version to indicate availability of new API
Submitted by: gibbs, asomers
Reviewed by: gibbs, ngie
MFC after: 4 weeks
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6004
The Xen PV clock has a resolution of 1ns, so set the resolution to the
highest one that FreeBSD supports, which is 1us.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
* Add a debug print for the xmit completion status fields.
Yes, I like staring at a stream of DWORDS.
* Set the retrycnt to the number of full frame retries for now;
I'll figure out how to factor rts/cts failures into it when
I figure out what the difference is.
It's -1 because it's not "retries", it's "tries".
It now passes the youtube test.
Tested:
* BCM4312, STA mode
I noticed that it'd associate fine, but it'd quickly stop exchanging traffic.
Receive was okay, but transmit just failed.
Then I went "wlandebug +rate". I discovered it started at 36M OFDM, and then
quickly rose to 54M, which then showed 0% transmit success.
Then, I dug into how the completion path works. We are reading 'ack=0'
in the TX status side, so .. then I discovered we were only processing the
TX completion status /if/ ack=1. So, we'd only ever count successes;
we'd never count failures, and thus the rate control code thought
everything was a-ok.
We also have to set retrycnt to something non-zero so it indeed does
bring the rate down upon failure.
So:
* Delete the rate control completion code from the tx completion
routine, it's just duplicate and never worked. Putting it behind
'if (status->ack) was pointless.
* Move it to the PIO and DMA completion routines which actually
do free the node reference and mbuf. We know at that point
what the status is, so do it there.
* Fake a retrycnt of 1 for now, so we at least count failures.
Also:
* Start adding comments about weird stuff I find with rate selection.
In this instance, we shouldn't be selecting a fallback rate that
doesn't match the currently configured mode (11a, 11b, 11g, etc.)
This isn't perfect - AMRR does try 54mbit and takes a few packets
before it figures out it's a bad idea - but it's better than nothing.
This makes the bwn(4) driver actually useful for the first time since
I've tried using it - and that dates back to 2011. I've resisted
successfully until now.
Tested:
* Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g Wireless, STA mode
WLAN (chipid 0x4312 rev 15) PHY (analog 6 type 5 rev 1) RADIO (manuf 0x17f ver 0x2062 rev 2)
TODO:
* See if the fallback rate actually /is/ working
* Question my own sanity over touching this driver in the first place.
Falling back from 6MB OFDM to 5MB CCK (a) may not work well in the
11bg PHYs, (b) won't work at all if you're 11g only, and (c) plainly
won't work for the 11a PHY.
So, don't do that!
Tested:
* BCM4312 802.11b/g Wireless, STA mode
WLAN (chipid 0x4312 rev 15) PHY (analog 6 type 5 rev 1) RADIO (manuf 0x17f ver 0x2062 rev 2)
Save the value of the IOV control and page size registers and restore
them (along with the VF count) in pci_cfg_save/pci_cfg_restore. This
ensures ARI remains enabled if a PF driver resets itself during the
PCI_IOV_INIT callback. This might also properly restore SRIOV state
across suspend/resume.
Reviewed by: rstone, vangyzen
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6192
While here, check if ARI was enabled by re-reading the config register
after writing it and return an error if the write fails.
Reviewed by: rstone, vangyzen
Add CRC/MOVECRC operations, as well as the TEST and STORE variants.
With these operations, a CRC32C can be computed over one or more
descriptors' source data. When the STORE operation is encountered, the
accumulated CRC32C is emitted to memory. A TEST operations triggers an
IOAT channel error if the accumulated CRC32C does not match one in
memory.
These operations are not exposed through any API yet.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The IOAT engine can only address the low 40 bits (1 TB) of physmem via
the 'next descriptor' pointer. Restrict acceptable range given to
bus_dma_tag_create to match.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
pci_remap_msix() can be used to alter the mapping of allocated
MSI-X vectors to the MSI-X table. The code had an off by one error
when adding the IRQ resources after performing a remap. This was
fatal for any vectors in the table that used the "last" valid IRQ as
those vectors were assigned a garbage IRQ value.
MFC after: 3 days
* Break out the 'g' phy code;
* Break out the debugging bits into a separate source file, since
some debugging prints are done in the phy code;
* Make some more chip methods in if_bwn.c public.
This brings the size of if_bwn.c down to 6,805 lines which is now
approaching managable.
This (and eventually migrating the other PHY code out) is in preparation
for adding the 11n PHY. No, the 11ac PHY (for the BCM4260 softmac part) isn't
yet open source, so we can't grow that. Yet.
This trims ~3,700 lines of code from if_bwn.c, bringing it down to a slightly
less crazy sounding 10,446 lines of code.
This patch adds support for restoring backlight after resume and adds models
Macbook3,1
MacbookAir5,1
MacbookAir5,2
It also incorporates fixes for bug #175260, bug #203610 and bug #203512
so those can be closed if this patch is applied.
PR: kern/209156
PR: kern/175260
PR: kern/203610
PR: kern/203512
Submitted by: Johannes Lundberg <johannes@brilliantservice.co.jp>
Implement several small improvements to the suspend/resume Xen sequence:
- Call the power_suspend_early event before stopping all processes.
- Stop all processes. This was done implicitly previously by putting all
the CPUs in a known IPI handler.
- Warm up the timecounter.
- Re-initialize the time of day register.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
bus_get_cpus() returns a specified set of CPUs for a device. It accepts
an enum for the second parameter that indicates the type of cpuset to
request. Currently two valus are supported:
- LOCAL_CPUS (on x86 this returns all the CPUs in the package closest to
the device when DEVICE_NUMA is enabled)
- INTR_CPUS (like LOCAL_CPUS but only returns 1 SMT thread for each core)
For systems that do not support NUMA (or if it is not enabled in the kernel
config), LOCAL_CPUS fails with EINVAL. INTR_CPUS is mapped to 'all_cpus'
by default. The idea is that INTR_CPUS should always return a valid set.
Device drivers which want to use per-CPU interrupts should start using
INTR_CPUS instead of simply assigning interrupts to all available CPUs.
In the future we may wish to add tunables to control the policy of
INTR_CPUS (e.g. should it be local-only or global, should it ignore
SMT threads or not).
The x86 nexus driver exposes the internal set of interrupt CPUs from the
the x86 interrupt code via INTR_CPUS.
The ACPI bus driver and PCI bridge drivers use _PXM to return a suitable
LOCAL_CPUS set when _PXM exists and DEVICE_NUMA is enabled. They also and
the global INTR_CPUS set from the nexus driver with the per-domain set from
_PXM to generate a local INTR_CPUS set for child devices.
Reviewed by: wblock (manpage)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5519
The current resolution of the Xen PV clock is too high, which causes an
adjustment of 5s to be applied to it. Reduce the resolution to be the same
as the RTC plus one, so it's always selected as the best source when
available on x86.
Also don't reset the clock on resume, it's pointless and discards any
previous adjustments.
Sponsoted by: Citrix Systems R&D
Dom0 should be able to set the host time. This is implemented by first
writing to the RTC (as would be done on bare metal), and then using the
XENPF_settime64 hypercall in order to force Xen to update the wallclock
shared page of all domains.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
With the removal of the usage of the VCPU_SSHOTTMR_future flag, now
all errors from xentimer_vcpu_start_timer should be considered fatal, and
the loop is no longer needed since in case of setting the timer in the past
we will get an event interrupt right away (instead of returning ETIME).
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after : 2 weeks
On slow platforms with unreliable TSC, such as QEMU emulated machines,
it is possible for the FreeBSD kernel to request the next event in the
past. In that case, in the current implementation of
xentimer_vcpu_start_timer, we simply return -ETIME. To be precise Xen
returns -ETIME and we pass it on. As a consequence we need to loop
around to function to make sure that the timer is properly set.
Instead it is better to always ask the hypervisor for a timer event,
even if the timeout is past. To do that, remove the VCPU_SSHOTTMR_future
flag.
Submitted by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Reviewed by: royger
MFC after: 2 weeks
* break out the operating mode and rx filter into new functions, rather
than them being hard-coded
* if we're in sniffer mode or not associated, set the BSS MAC to all zero,
rather than relying on a chip reset to do it for us
* add comments about .. how interestingly buggy the chip is.
Tested:
* AR9170 + AR9102, STA+monitor mode
Obtained from: linux carl9170 (general chip workings, constant definitions)
Switch to add_channel / add_channel_ht40 + pass channel's TX power
for the last.
Tested by: dhw
Reviewed by: adrian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6141
driver is (or behaves identically to) /dev/mem. Remove the D_MEM flag
from random drivers.
Note that currently the D_MEM flag does not affect any behaviour, but
this going to change in the next commit.
Noted and reviewed by: alc
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
X-Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6149
The Linux driver sets the rate_n_flags regardless of whether it's being
sent using firmware rate control or local rate control. This includes
the antenna configuration.
Thanks to Kyle Evans <kevans91@ksu.edu> for pointing this out to me
and doing some investigation/testing on his end.
Tested:
* Intel 7260 STA, 2G and 5G networks
I .. can't believe I missed this.
This showed up because the AP was TX'ing LDPC to an iwm(4) chipset,
which didn't advertise LDPC and doesn't /accept/ LDPC. Amusingly, all
the two other FreeBSD 11n parts I had tested with (AR9380, Intel 7260)
and I completely forgot to test on ye olde hardware.
That'll teach me.
Tested:
* AR9580 (AP) - Intel 7260 (STA), AR9380 (STA), Intel 6205 (STA)
function to error out early when no port module is present and doing
eeprom access. This also prevents error codes from filling up in
dmesg.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Tested by: Netflix
MFC after: 1 week
LDPC adds better transmit reliability if both ends support it.
You in theory can do both STBC and LDPC at the same time.
If I see issues I'll disable it.
* Only enable it if both ends of a connection negotiate it.
* Disable it if any rate is non-11n.
* Count both LDPC TX and STBC TX.
Tested:
* AR9380, STA mode
Arguably we should only be doing the probe/attach to children of
these devices as well.
Tested by: Michal Stanek <mst_semihalf.com> (arm64)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6133
Add new function gpio_alloc_intr_resource(), which allows an allocation
of interrupt resource associated to given gpio pin. It also allows to
specify interrupt configuration.
Note: This functionality is dependent on INTRNG, and must be
implemented in each GPIO controller.
Labels are limitted by 32 on EF10. It is not sufficient on powerful hosts.
Since only one RxQ is running over each EvQ, zero label may be used.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
PR: 208267
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6121
This allows the PCI-PCI bridge driver to save a reference to the child
device in its softc.
Note that this required moving the "pci" device creation out of
acpi_pcib_attach(). Instead, acpi_pcib_attach() is renamed to
acpi_pcib_fetch_prt() as it's sole action now is to fetch the PCI
interrupt routing table.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6021
Rescanning a PCI bus uses the following steps:
- Fetch the current set of child devices and save it in the 'devlist'
array.
- Allocate a parallel array 'unchanged' initalized with NULL pointers.
- Scan the bus checking each slot (and each function on slots with a
multifunction device).
- If a valid function is found, look for a matching device in the 'devlist'
array. If a device is found, save the pointer in the 'unchanged' array.
If a device is not found, add a new device.
- After the scan has finished, walk the 'devlist' array deleting any
devices that do not have a matching pointer in the 'unchanged' array.
- Finally, fetch an updated set of child devices and explicitly attach any
devices that are not present in the 'unchanged' array.
This builds on the previous changes to move subclass data management into
pci_alloc_devinfo(), pci_child_added(), and bus_child_deleted().
Subclasses of the PCI bus use custom rescan logic explicitly override the
rescan method to disable rescans.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6018
This greatly reduces the oqdrops under heavy workload.
For TCP send/recv test (10K concurrent connections):
oqdrops is reduced by 17% on sending side, and 57% on receiving side.
For nginx-1.8/wrk-4 1KB object test (10K concurrent connections,
4 requests/connection):
oqdrops is reduced by 44% on nginx side, and 10% on wrk side.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
- Factor out common part to zynq-7000.dtsi
- Fix problem with Zynq interrupts by using interrupt "triples"
in .dtsi file to differentiate between edge-triggered and
level-triggered interrupts
- cgem driver now recognizes "status" property
Submitted by: Thomas Skibo <thomasskibo@yahoo.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6095
The softc member 'ciss_logical' is an array of 'ciss_max_logical_bus' members.
Most of the time it is iterated correctly. This patch fixes the two instances
where the driver iterated off the end of the array.
Reported by: Coverity
CID: 1305492
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
ism_stop() already destroys and frees 'sp', including a call to ic_destroy().
Don't dereference 'sp' after ism_stop() and don't invoke ic_destroy() on the
freed memory either.
Reported by: Coverity
CIDs: 1006109, 1304861
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This is a trivial follow-up to r296308. Annotate the intentional fallthrough
to make it clear for future readers and linters.
Reported by: Coverity
CID: 1352716
Discussed with: jhb
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Introduced in r298594. There is no path before the 'vap == NULL' check where
vap is not already dereferenced.
Reported by: Coverity
CID: 1354979
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Since the sub-channel offers are synchronized, we can do our own
channel setup without using the sub-channel creation callback.
This paves the way to whack the sub-channel creation callback.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Since the sub-channel offers are synchronized, we can do our own
channel setup without using the sub-channel creation callback.
This paves the way to whack the sub-channel creation callback.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
This fixes the sub-channel offer race after Hyper-V device probe/attach
is moved to vmbus SYSINIT/attach.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
I'm seeing 5GHz association work but data not work until the rate drops,
so I need way more information about what's being programmed into the
transmit descriptors.
Tested:
* 7260AC, STA mode
This enables LDPC receive support for the AR9300 chips that support it.
It'll announce LDPC support via net80211.
Tested:
* AR9380, STA mode
* AR9331, (to verify the HAL didn't attach it to a chip which
doesn't support LDPC.)
TODO:
* Add in net80211 machinery to make this configurable at runtime.
Add support for the FHT_STBC_TX flag in iv_flags_ht, so it'll now obey
the per-vap ifconfig stbctx flag.
This means that we can do STBC TX on one vap and not another VAP.
(As well as STBC RX on said vap; that changes the HTCAP announcement.)
Always print out the firmware panic info before restarting; don't
put it behind IWM_DEBUG.
Submitted by: bapt
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6081
ChipCommon probing uses mapping table "chipc_devices". It calls bhnd_device_lookup,
which iterate over mapping table with end condition:
entry->desc != NULL
So if mapping table contains row with description equals to NULL, it will
stop processing of mapping. I.e. description is mandatory field and should
be not NULL.
This patch corrects mapping table for ChipCommon.
Submitted by: Michael Zhilin <mizhka@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6088
The iwm firmware has separate commands for add, modify and delete for
various things (mac, phy context, etc.) The openbsd driver has a habit
of just completely resetting the NIC each time, which is technically
mostly okay (as long as the reset doesn't actually fail!) but it means
a lot of the code is doing ADD when it should do MODIFY.
The firmware responds in kind - it just asserts.
This fixes auth attempts that occur after the NIC has been already
configured.
(I'm sure there are more instances of this!)
Tested:
iwm0: <Intel Dual Band Wireless AC 7260> mem 0xf1400000-0xf1401fff irq 17 at device 0.0 on pci2
iwm0: revision: 0x140, firmware 25.228 (API ver. 9)
.. STA mode.
Submitted by: Masachika ISHIZUKA <ish@amail.plala.or.jp>
undefined symbol svr4_delete_socket which was moved from streams to the svr4 module
in r160558 that created a two-way dependency between them.
PR: 208464
Submitted by: Kristoffer Eriksson
Reported by: Kristoffer Eriksson
MFC after: 2 week
Both of the callers were expecting the input cap_set to be modified.
This fixes them to request cap_set to be updated with the returned buffer.
Reviewed by: jkim
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6040
Does what it says on the tin; this unbreaks 32-bit builds.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5764
This extracts common code from bhndb_pci, bhnd_pcib, and bhnd_pci_hostb into a
simpler shared bhnd_pci base driver, and should enable SoC-side implementation
of bhnd_pcib root complex support.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5763
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5957
Replace loop with switch statement (rate2ridx())
(should be noop).
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS, STA mode.
Reviewed by: adrian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4848 (rebased)
rounddown2 tends to produce longer lines than the original code
and when the code has a high indentation level it was not really
advantageous to do the replacement.
This tries to strike a balance between readability using the macros
and flexibility of having the expressions, so not everything is
converted.
- Enable the commented out locking in fd_probe(). The worker thread
should not be running yet (even after these changes), but better to be
safe than sorry.
- Defer starting the worker thread until after the child drives have been
probed. The worker thread startup is moved into a fdc_start_worker()
thread that the various front ends call at the end of attach. As a
side effect this fixes a few edge cases that weren't shutting down the
worker thread if attach encountered a late failure.
- When executing the initial reset requested by attach in the worker
thread, use DELAY() instead of a tsleep() if cold is set.
Tested by: Howard Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
Sponsored by: Netflix
Eventually with earlier AP startup this code will change to call the
startup function synchronously instead of queueing the task. Moving
the time we queue the task should be a no-op since taskqueue threads
don't start executing tasks until much later, but this reduces the diff
with the earlier AP startup patches.
Sponsored by: Netflix
- Allow to enable/disable promiscuous mode when:
* interface is not a member of bridge, or;
* request was issued by user (ifconfig wlan0 promisc), or;
* interface is in MONITOR or AHDEMO mode.
- Drop local workarounds in mwl(4) and malo(4).
Tested with:
- Intel 3945BG, STA mode;
- RTL8188CUS, MONITOR mode;
Reviewed by: adrian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5472
Tell the firmware that we support PCI-express config space access
and MSI.
Reviewed by: jkim
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6023
This wrapper does not translate errors in the first word to ACPI
error status returns. Use this wrapper in the acpi_cpu(4) driver in
place of the existing _OSC code. While here, fix a bug where the wrong
count of words was passed when invoking _OSC.
Reviewed by: jkim
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6022
le*dec / le*enc functions.
Replace net80211 specific macros with system-wide bytestream
encoding/decoding functions:
- LE_READ_2 -> le16dec
- LE_READ_4 -> le32dec
- LE_WRITE_2 -> le16enc
- LE_WRITE_4 -> le32enc
+ drop ieee80211_input.h include, where it was included for these
operations only.
Reviewed by: adrian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6030
If we cannot establish compatibility by only looking at the compat_data we
also check the flash_devices structure's names for a compatible device.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D6026
The devtoname() name is strcpyed into a small stack buffer. Sure, we always
expect the name to be ttyXX (or ptyXX). If that's the case, strlcpy() doesn't
hurt.
Reported by: Coverity
CID: 1006768
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The local of the same name would alias the global, but we didn't even include
the header that defines tsc_freq. Include it and rename the local.
Reported by: Coverity
CID: 1331559
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This driver thinks that the NCT_MAX_PIN index is a valid index in a few places
(nct_attach() for-loop, as well as NCT_IS_VALID_PIN()). Allocate room for
NCT_MAX_PIN as an index, that is, NCT_MAX_PIN + 1 elements.
Reported by: Coverity
CIDs: 1353806, 1353807, 1353808, 1353809, 1353810
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
No functional change, only trivial cases are done in this sweep,
Drivers that can get further enhancements will be done independently.
Discussed in: freebsd-current
and freed on as needed basis.
2. grcdump can be taken at failure points by invoking bxe_grc_dump()
when trigger_grcdump sysctl flag is set. When grcdump is taken
grcdump_done sysctl flag is set.
3. grcdump_done can be monitored by the user to retrieve the grcdump.
Submitted by:vaishali.kulkarni@qlogic.com
anything janky from a user. (cturt)
aac(4): landergriffith+freebsdbugzilla@gmail.com pointed out that aacraid(4)
had the same issue and handling of pointers, so let's change that too.
PR: 206573
Submitted by: cturt@hardenedbsd.org
Obtained from: HardenedBSD
MFC after: 1 week
This add a bhnd device table mechanism that standardizes matching of
devices on the bhnd(4) bus, discovery of device quirk flags, and should
be pluggable into the new PNPINFO machinery.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5759
To facilitate use by SoC implementors working with bhnd-inheriting fdt/nexus
drivers:
* Splits bhnd_bus method implementations into generic bus implementations
(bhnd_bus_generic) and generic bhnd(4) driver implementations (bhnd_generic)
* Simplifies bhnd resource handling, allowing bhnd bus implementations to
support bhnd resource activation by implementing the standard BUS_*
resource APIs and BHND_BUS_ACTIVATE_RESOURCE().
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5758
This adds support for specifying the address space used by a bridge child;
this will either be the bridged SoC address space, or the host address space
required by children that map non SoC-address ranges from the PCI BAR.
This is necessary to support SROM/OTP child devices that live directly
beneath the bhndb device and require access to host resources, instead
of the standard behavior of delegating access to the bridged SoC address
space.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5757
Summary:
PowerPC Book-E SMP is currently broken for unknown reasons. Pull in
Semihalf changes made c2012 for e500mc/e5500, which enables booting SMP.
This eliminates the shared software TLB1 table, replacing it with
tlb1_read_entry() function.
This does not yet support ePAPR SMP booting, and doesn't handle resetting CPUs
already released (ePAPR boot releases APs to a spin loop waiting on a specific
address). This will be addressed in the near future by using the MPIC to reset
the AP into our own alternate boot address.
This does include a change to the dpaa/dtsec(4) driver, to mark the portals as
CPU-private.
Test Plan:
Tested on Amiga X5000/20 (P5020). Boots, prints the following
messages:
Adding CPU 0, pir=0, awake=1
Waking up CPU 1 (dev=1)
Adding CPU 1, pir=20, awake=1
SMP: AP CPU #1 launched
top(1) shows CPU1 active.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Relnotes: Yes
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5945
While here, adjust some whitespace and yeild some useful debug info.
This is untested on this hardware, testing requests to -scsi went
unanswered.
PR: 206585
Submitted by: cturt@hardenedbsd.org
MFC after: 2 weeks
can handle it, and add the code to add it to the FIS that's sent to
the drive. The mvs driver is the only other ATA driver in the system,
and its hardware doesn't appear to support setting the Auxiliary
register.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5598
Since we no longer need additional buffers for request and response IOCBs,
we can increase receive space by 192 bytes, that is enough for fetching 48
more ports. The new limit is 1020 fabric ports per virtual port.
MFC after: 1 month
A lot of dts files define the SPI flashes supported by mx25l as
compatible with 'jedec,spi-nor', so we add this to the mx25l
compat_data.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5962
This revision gets our Mediatek/Ralink drivers closer to OpenWRT's dts
definitions, so we can reuse them with less modifications later in order
to bring support for a lot of boards at once.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5961
The ACPI and OFW PCI bus drivers as well as CardBus override this to
allocate the larger ivars to hold additional info beyond the stock PCI ivars.
This removes the need to pass the size to functions like pci_add_iov_child()
and pci_read_device() simplifying IOV and bus rescanning implementations.
As a result of this and earlier changes, the ACPI PCI bus driver no longer
needs its own device_attach and pci_create_iov_child methods but can use
the methods in the stock PCI bus driver instead.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5891
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: jhb, kib, sephe
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5910
as before. The common scheduling bits have moved from inline code in
each of the CAM periph drivers into a library that implements the
default scheduling.
In addition, a number of rate-limiting and I/O preference options can
be enabled by adding CAM_IOSCHED_NETFLIX to your config file. A number
of extra stats are also maintained. CAM_IOSCHED_NETFLIX isn't on by
default because it uses a separate BIO_READ and BIO_WRITE queue, so
doesn't honor BIO_ORDERED between these two types of operations. We
already didn't honor it for BIO_DELETE, and we don't depend on
BIO_ORDERED between reads and writes anywhere in the system (it is
currently used with BIO_FLUSH in ZFS to make sure some writes are
complete before others start and as a poor-man's soft dependency in
one place in UFS where we won't be issuing READs until after the
operation completes). However, out of an abundance of caution, it
isn't enabled by default.
Plus, this also brings in NCQ TRIM support for those SSDs that support
it. A black list is also provided for known rogues that use NCQ trim
as an excuse to corrupt the drive. It was difficult to separate out
into a separate commit.
This code has run in production at Netflix for over a year now.
Sponsored by: Netflix, Inc
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4609
This should close the race between request arriving on new target mode
virtual port and its scanner thread finally fetch its address for request
routing.
There are bunch of reports that this check fails at least on Nuvoton
NCT6776 chips. I don't see why this check needed there, and Linux does
not have it either. So far this check only made watchdogd unstopable.
MFC after: 1 month
For some reason firmware sends Port Database Changed notifications in case
of explicit login requests from the driver when target port is unavailabe.
Those notifications don't give driver any new information, but only cause
infinite scan loop.
Now that we're decap'ing A-MPDU frame, the firmware is only giving us
PHY status information for the whole PPDU, rather than duplicatig it
per frame.
So, we fake it by maintaining the RSSI that we saw in the node struct
and reuse it.
This prevents us from getting some pretty garbage looking default RSSI
values, which shows up as RSSI values of like "3" or "4" when doing
active traffic.
Tested:
* RTL8188EU, STA mode
basis.
2. grcdump can be taken at failure points by invoking bxe_grc_dump() when
trigger_grcdump sysctl flag is set. When grcdump is taken grcdump_done
sysctl flag is set.
3. grcdump_done can be monitored by the user to retrieve the grcdump.
Submitted by:vaishali.kulkarni@qlogic.com
Approved by:davidcs@freebsd.org
MFC after:5 days
The size of the reply can be different from the size of the command in
case a debug firmware asserts. fw_asrt() needs the entire reply in
order to decode the location of the assert.
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
transmissions if possible.
2. For SIOCSIFFLAGS call bxe_init_locked() only if !BXE_STATE_DISABLED
3. remove code not needed in bxe_init_internal_common()
Submitted by:vaishali.kulkarni@qlogic.com;venkata.bhavaraju@qlogic.com
Approved by:davidcs@freebsd.org
MFC after:5 days
Previously we had to do it synchronously because we could not drop the lock
due to potential scratch memory use conflicts. Previous commits fixed that
collision, so here it goes -- slower and less reliable external requests
are executed asynchronously without spinning in tight loop and with more
safe timeout handling.
This fixes a conflict with the M_B macro in powerpc's
<machine/db_machdep.h> exposed by the recent addition of DDB commands
to the cxgbe driver.
Discussed with: np
Reported by: bz
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Usually IOCBs should be put on queue for asynchronous processing and should
not require additional DMA memory. But there are some cases like aborts and
resets that for external reasons has to be synchronous. Give those cases
separate 2*64 byte DMA area to decouple them from other DMA scratch area
users, using it for asynchronous requests.
While the same update is also available for 24xx chips, it seems have
a problem with disabling virtual ports -- firmware handles the request,
but does not respong on it, causing timeout in driver.
MFC after: 1 month
8 gives the best performance in both Azure and local Hyper-V on both
10Ge and 40Ge. More rings are still allowed by manual configuration.
Reviewed by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5879
This time we make sure that the TIME_REF_COUNT MSR exists.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Features bits will be used to detect devices, e.g. timers, which
do not have corresponding event channels.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Rearranged by: sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
"how" argument is passed as value of int* pointer to callback
function but dereferenced as char* so only one byte taken into
into account. On little-endian systems it happens to work because
first byte is LSB that contains actual value, on big-endian it's
MSB and in this case it's always equal zero
PR: 207786
Submitted by: chadf@triularity.org
This is cosmetics that simplifies identification of new ports on FC switch.
It would be good to use target name from CTL here instead of hostname, but
it is not passed here through CAM now.
MFC after: 2 weeks
VM_NUMA_ALLOC is used to enable use of domain-aware memory allocation in
the virtual memory system. DEVICE_NUMA is used to enable affinity
reporting for devices such as bus_get_domain().
MAXMEMDOM must still be set to a value greater than for any NUMA support
to be effective. Note that 'cpuset -gd' always works if MAXMEMDOM is
enabled and the system supports NUMA.
Reviewed by: kib
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5782
* Don't use arbitrary frames for the average RX RSSI - only frames
from the current BSSID
* Don't log / do the syncbeacon logic for another BSSID and definitely
don't do the syncbeacon call if we miss beacons outside of STA mode.
* Don't do the IBSS merge bits if the current node plainly won't ever
match our current BSS (ie, the IBSS doesn't have to match, but all
the same bits that we check in ieee80211_ibss_merge() have to match.)
Tested:
* ath(4), AR9380, IBSS mode, surrounded by a lot of IBSS 11ac networks.
Sponsored by: Eva Automation, Inc.
Due to the bug in the number of 'GATHER' subdescriptors for TSO
packets, VNIC was not able to transmit more than one DMA segment
with TSO enabled.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
The previous values caused the callout thread stall for 100ms each 2s
if no link is present. Dtrace analysis showed that it has significant
impact on overall interrupt performance.
Decrease these values by a factor of 100.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Reviewed by: zbb
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5854
Use vm_guest == VM_GUEST_HV is not enough to determine whether FreeBSD
is running on Hyper-V or not. What a mess.
Reported by: smokehydration tutanota com
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Previously, the ACPI PCI bus driver did a single pass over the devices in
the namespace that were a child of a given PCI bus to associate the
PCI bus-enumerated device_t devices with the corresponding ACPI handles.
However, this meant that handles were only established at runtime for devices
found during the initial PCI bus scan.
PCI_IOV adds devices that show up after the initial PCI bus scan, and coming
changes to add a bus rescan can also add devices after the initial scan.
This change adds a pci_child_added() callback to the ACPI PCI bus that walks
the namespace to find the ACPI handle for each device that is added. Using
a callback means that the handle is correctly set for any device no matter
how it is added (initial scan, IOV, or a bus rescan).
The SoCs I've tried the driver with include the following:
RT3050, RT5350, RT3662, RT3883, MT7620, MT7621, MT7688.
On boards, based on the above SoCs traffic is passing through correctly
and the boards survive a flood ping with very little or no drops (drops
may be caused elsewhere in my test setup, however).
One issue still remains and needs to be fixed in the future: if_rt does
not survive an ifconfig rt0 down/ifconfig rt0 up cycle.
This issue existed before this commit as well, however.
Reviewed by: ray
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5864
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5850
First of all sema_post() can't be called w/ spinlock, and the channel
message queue processing is not on hot code path, i.e. spinlock is not
necessary.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5812
Since atomic_thread_fence_seq_cst() will become compiler fence on UP kernel.
Reviewed by: kib, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5852
Instead of providing a wrapper around device_delete_child() that the PCI
bus and child bus drivers must call explicitly, move the bulk of the logic
from pci_delete_child() into a bus_child_deleted() method
(pci_child_deleted()). This allows PCI devices to be safely deleted via
device_delete_child().
- Add a bus_child_deleted method to the ACPI PCI bus which clears the
device_t associated with the corresponding ACPI handle in addition to
the normal PCI bus cleanup.
- Change cardbus_detach_card to call device_delete_children() and move
CardBus-specific delete logic into a new cardbus_child_deleted() method.
- Use device_delete_child() instead of pci_delete_child() in the SRIOV code.
- Add a bus_child_deleted method to the OpenFirmware PCI bus drivers which
frees the OpenFirmware device info for each PCI device.
Reviewed by: imp
Tested on: amd64 (CardBus and PCI-e hotplug)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5831
The urtwn hardware transmits FF/A-MSDU just fine - it takes an 802.11
frame and will dutifully send the thing.
So:
* bump RX queue up from 1. Why's it 1? That's really silly.
* Add the "software A-MSDU" encap capability bit.
* bump the TX buffer size up so we can at least send A-MSDU frames.
* track active frames submitted to the NIC - we can't make assumptions
about how many are in flight in the NIC though. For 88E parts we
could use per-packet TX indication, but for R92 parts we can't.
So, just fake it somewhat.
* Kick the transmit queue when we finish reception; try to avoid stalls.
* Kick the FF queue a little more regularly.
A-MSDU TX won't happen until the net80211 side is done, but atheros
fast-frames support should now work.
Tested:
* urtwn0: MAC/BB RTL8188EU, RF 6052 1T1R ; A-MSDU transmit.
This is compatible with the ds1307, but comparing the mcp7941x datasheet vs the
ds1307 code, appears there is one bit placement difference, so that is now
accounted for.
Relnotes: yes
The fdc worker thread was using a one second timeout while waiting for
a new bio to arrive or for the device to detach. However, the driver
already does a wakeup when queueing a new bio or asking the thread to
detach, so the timeout only served to waste CPU time waking up the
thread once a second just so it could go right back to sleep. Use an
infinite timeout instead.
Discussed with: phk
Sponsored by: Netflix
Introduce 2 new flags:
- FL_ENABLE_4B_ADDR (forces the use of 4-byte addresses)
- FL_DISABLE_4B_ADDR (forces the use of 3-byte addresses)
If an SPI flash chip is defined with FL_ENABLE_4B_ADDR in its flags,
then an 'Enter 4-byte mode' command is sent to the chip at attach time
and, later, all commands that require addressing are issued with 4-byte
addresses.
If an SPI flash chip is defined with FL_DISABLE_4B_ADDR in its flags,
then an 'Exit 4-byte mode' command is sent to the chip at attach time
and, later, all commands that require addressing are issued with 3-byte
addresses.
For chips that do not have any of these flags defined the behaviour is
unchanged.
This change also adds support for the MX25L25735F and MX25L25635E chips
(vendor id 0xc2, device id 0x2019), which support 4-byte mode and enables
4-byte mode for them. These are 256Mbit devices (32MiB) and, as such, can
only be fully addressed by using 4-byte addresses.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Smartcom - Bulgaria AD
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5808
the interface.
I know this may be unpopular, but iwn is not yet completely ready for
a transparent firmware restart. I have this thing panic my laptop
reliably because 11n state isn't kept in sync and the TX completion
path ends up trying to free a null node reference.
separate driver. Add support for activating clock and hwreset resources
for these devices when the EXT_RESOURCES option is present.
Reviewed by: andrew, mmel, Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5749
And factor out tcp_lro_rx_done, which deduplicates the same logic with
netinet/tcp_lro.c
Reviewed by: gallatin (1st version), hps, zbb, np, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5725
The i8254 simulation in Hyper-V is kinda broken and is not available
in Generation 2 Hyper-V VMs, so Hyper-V timer must be registered early
enough so that it can be used to do the TSC freq calibration.
This fixes the notorious warning like this:
calcru: runtime went backwards from 50 usec to 25 usec for pid 0 (kernel)
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: kib, sephe
Tested by: kib, sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5778
This provides a constant ABI and layout for these structures (especially
struct adapter) avoiding some foot shooting.
Discussed with: np
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
nic->num_vf_en is set based on the number of the enabled LMACs.
This number should not be overwritten later by any routine.
Instead it should fail PCI_IOV_ADD_VF() so that available VFs
with the corresponding LMACs will attach whereas other, disabled
VFs will fail with the proper error code.
Error signaling (due to improper number of VFs requested) is also moved
from PCI_IOV_INIT() to PCI_IOV_ADD_VF().
This will be reworked when multiple queue sets are enabled but for
now this is the correct behavior of the driver.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
If the driver is not active or link is down the packet could remain
non-writeable. This commit makes all mbufs enqueued to the driver's
ring buffer to have correct attributes.
Pointed out by: wma
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5800
The FDT description is as follows:
- phy-handle, reg, qlm-mode, mac-address are under nodes in bgx0/1 node
- phy nodes (pointed by phy-handle) are under MDIO even though they may
not be connected through to MDIO. In those nodes they do not contain
MAC address or etc.
This commit changes parsing of the FDT nodes for BGX so that it can
obtain correct MAC address for a given PHY.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5781
- Avoid memory leak when nicvf_tx_mbuf_locked() fails
- Introduce nicvf_xmit_locked() routine that uses drbr_peek(),
drbr_advance() or drbr_putback() for a specific ifnet.
This gives more clear and efficient design as well as
prevents from dropping mbufs that where not sent due to temporary
lack of descriptors.
- Add missing ETHER_BPF_MTAP() hook
Pointed out by: yongari
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5534
Changes introduced to AHCI code adding support for MSI-x
caused interrupt storm on Alpine boards.
This is unintended behaviour so added quirk to omit this functionality.
Reviewed by: mav
Submitted by: Marcin Mazurek <mma@semihalf.com>
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Annapurna Labs
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4301
Make it compile only for i386/amd64 for now as it's been tested there.
It's quite possible it'll show up elsewhere and we can enable it
for other architectures later.
Tested:
* PC Engines APU1C4
Submitted by: Daniel Wyatt <daniel@dewyatt.com>
Reviewed by: adrian, loos
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5389
It turns out that these will clash very annoyingly with the linux
macros in the linuxkpi layer, so let the wookie^Wlinux win.
The only user that I can find is ath(4), so fix it there too.
Import portions of the PowerPC OF PCI implementation into new file
"ofwpci.c", common for other platforms. The files ofw_pci.c and ofw_pci.h
from sys/powerpc/ofw no longer exist. All required declarations are moved
to sys/dev/ofw/ofwpci.h. This creates a new ofw_pci_write_ivar() function
and modifies some others methods. Most functions contain existing ppc
implementations in the majority unchanged. Now there is no need to have
multiple identical copies of methods for various architectures.
Requested by: jhibbits
Reviewed by: jhibbits, marius
Submitted by: Marcin Mazurek <mma@semihalf.com>
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Annapurna Labs
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4879
- Do not mark CSUM_IP_CHECKED and CSUM_IP_VALID on IPv6 packets.
IPv6 does not have checksums by definition.
- Set SCTP packets csum_flags CSUM_SCTP_VALID instead of
CSUM_DATA_VALID and skip csum_data
- Set csum_data simply as 0xffff without byteswap
Pointed out by: yongari
Reviewed by: yongari, wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5537
It is not necessary as entries are being manipulated under lock.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5536
This is a no-op currently, but in kernels with earlier AP startup, the
random kthread was trying to use timeouts with sleeps before timers are
working. Wait until SI_SUB_KICK_SCHEDULER to start the random kproc.
Reviewed by: delphij, imp, markm
Approved by: so
Sponsored by: Netflix
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5712
The graphic mode is noticeably slow on hypervisors, especially
on Hyper-V (1 second to each line).
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: kib, sephe, royger (early loader version)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5739
m_unshare passes on the source mbuf's flags as-is to m_getcl and this
results in a leak if the flags include M_NOFREE. The fix is to clear
the bits not listed in M_COPYALL before calling m_getcl. M_RDONLY
should probably be filtered out too but that's outside the scope of this
fix.
Add assertions in the zone_mbuf and zone_pack ctors to catch similar
bugs.
Update netmap_get_mbuf to not pass M_NOFREE to m_getcl. It's not clear
what the original code was trying to do but it's likely incorrect.
Updated code is no different functionally but it avoids the newly added
assertions.
Reviewed by: gnn@
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5698
- in atags
- in DT blob (by using 'fdt chosen' U-Boot command)
The command line must start with guard's string 'FreeBSD:' and can contain
list of comma separated kenv strings. Also, boot modifier strings from
boot.h are recognised and parsed into boothowto.
The command line must be passed from U-Boot by setting of bootargs variable:
'setenv bootargs FreeBSD:boot_single=1,vfs.root.mountfrom=ufs:/dev/ada0s1a'
followed by 'fdt chosen' (only for DT based boot)
pagers fault routines always return with a result page, be it the
proper and valid result page, or initially passed freshly allocated
placeholder. Do not free the passed in page until we are able to
provide the replacement, and do not assign NULL to *mres.
Reported and tested by: dumbbell
Reviewed by: royger (who also verified that Xen code is safe)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Using one taskqueue does not work, since the EOM MSR must be written
on the msg's owner CPU.
Noticed by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Discussed with: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Most often, hv_vmbus_post_message() doesn't fail. However, it fails
intermittently when GPADLs of large shared memory is to be established
with the host, e.g. on the hn(4) attach path: a GPADL of 15MB sendbuf
is created, for which lots of messages will be flooded to the host.
The host side tries to throttle the message rate by returning
HV_STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFERS.
Before this commit, we do several retries for failed messages, but the
delay between each retry is pretty/too low, which will cause sporadic
message posting failure. We now use large delay (>=1ms) between each
retry to fix the message posting failure.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5715
- Use a different device description for fixed and fixed factor clocks.
- Fix a bug where the "clock-div" property was stored in the "mult" field
of the clock definition.
- Get the fixed factor parent clock by index instead of by name, as a
clock-names property is not required to be present here.
Reviewed by: mmel, adrian (mentor)
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5703
clock-indices property is present, so change the "uint32_t *indices" parameter
to "uint32_t **indices" to allow this.
Reviewed by: mmel, adrian (mentor)
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5702
platform specific drivers a chance to override the generic driver.
Reviewed by: mmel, adrian (mentor)
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5701
Skip the log entry as there is nothing good to write out. Don't fail
the syscall though since it already succeeded. There's no reason
filemon's tracing failure should fail the already-succeeded syscall.
Record the error for later to return from close(2) on the filemon devfs
file descriptor.
Discussed with: markj, sjg, kib (briefly with kib)
Reported by: mjg
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
If the tracer has decided to the close the log then it should be fully
written, not getting more entries, when close(2) returns. This was
a regression in r297156 in that it allowed a traced process to continue
a traced syscall and add more entries to the log while the tracer had
already closed its fd or exited. This was only really part of the
daemonized process case which is abnormal.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This mainly used to improve ACK timeliness when multiple RX rings
are enabled.
This value gives the best performance in both Azure and Hyper-V
environment, w/ both 10Ge and 40Ge using non-{INVARIANTS,WITNESS}
kernel.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5691
Set watchdog timer parameters only when they really need to be changed.
In other cases just restart the timer with single Reset command instead
of two (Set and Reset).
From one side this visually reduces amount of CPU time burned in tight
loop waiting while some slow BMC configures its watchdog hardware, that
seems to be much more complicated task then just resetting the timer.
From another side on some BMCs those slow Set commands sometimes tend to
timeout, that leads to noisy log messages and even more CPU time burned,
so avoiding them can provide even bigger bonuses.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5215
This gets rid of the per-cpu SWIs.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5215
Using the same message slot as the other types of the messages has
the side effect that the event timer message could be deferred to
the swi threads to run (lacking of trapframe and the original code
didn't even handle that, so the event timer was actually broken).
As of this commit we use an independent message slot for event timer,
so that we could handle all of event timer messages in the interrupt
handler directly. Note, the message slot for event timer is still
bind to the same interrupt vector as the other types of messages.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe
Discussed with: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5696
This is a pretty good reference for teaching an almost-11n-capable
driver about 11n.
It enables HT20 operation, A-MPDU/A-MSDU RX, but no aggregate support
for transmit. That'll come later. This means that receive throughput
should be higher, but transmit throughput won't have changed much.
* Disable bgscan - for now, bgscan will interfere with AMPDU TX/RX,
so until we correctly handle it in software driven scans, disable.
* Add null 11n methods for channel width / ampdu_enable.
the firmware can apparently handle ampdu tx (and hopefully block-ack
handling and retransmission) so I'll go review the linux code and
figure it out.
* Set the number of tx/rx streams. I /hope/ that nchains == nstreams
here.
* Add 11n channels in the call to ieee80211_init_channels().
* Don't enable HT40 for now - I'll have to verify the channel set command
and tidy it up a bit first.
* Teach the RX path about M_AMPDU for 11n nodes. Kinda wonder why
we aren't just doing this in net80211 already, this is the fourth
driver I've had to do this to.
* Teach rate2ridx() about MCS rates and what hardware rates to use.
* Teach the urtwn_tx_data() routine about MCS/11ng transmission.
It doesn't know about short-gi and 40MHz modes yet; that'll come
later.
* For 8192CU firmware, teach the rate table code about MCS rates.
* Ensure that the fixed rate transmit sets the right transmit flag
so the firmware obeys the driver transmit path.
* Set the default transmit rate to MCS4 if no rate control is available.
* Add HT protection (RTS-CTS exchange) support.
* Add appropriate XXX TODO entries.
TODO:
* 40MHz, short-gi, etc - channel tuning, TX, RX;
* teach urtwn_tx_raw() about (more) 11n stuff;
* A-MPDU TX would be nice!
Thanks to Andriy (avos@) for reviewing the code and testing it on IRC.
Tested:
* RTL8188EU - STA (me)
* RTL8192CU - STA (me)
* RTL8188EU - hostap (avos)
* RTL8192CU - STA (avos)
Reviewed by: avos
- Replace sc_reinittask() by ieee80211_restart_all() (mostly the same).
- Revert r282377 (seems to be unneeded now).
Tested with Intel 3945BG, STA mode.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5056
None of lstat(2), fstat(2), fstatat(2) were tracked either.
The other filemon implementations also do not track stat(2), nor
does bmake utilize it. The act of opening a file for read should
be enough to decide that a file is a dependency. There could be
rare cases where just having a file would cause a dependency but it
is unlikely.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Also noted by: sjg
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
- proc.p_filemon is added which is protected by PROC_LOCK. This improves
performance and avoids double-fork issues, taking allproc_lock
while in syscalls, and walking the process tree in syscalls. A
particular proc.p_filemon can only be changed to NULL or another
filemon, or the filemon inherited, while the filemon->lock is held.
- Filemon are reference counted. On the last reference the log will be closed.
- When closing the devfs file handle, the filemon will be detached from all
processes and inheritance prevented.
- Disallow attaching to a process already being traced since filemon is
typically intended to be used on children only. This is allowed for
curproc as bmake relies on this behavior for rare cases when combining
.MAKE with .META.
- Detach any previously tracked process on ioctl(FILEMON_SET_PID).
- Handle error from devfs_set_cdevpriv() in filemon_open().
- The global filemon lock and lists are removed.
- A free list is no longer kept. Previously this list was
forever-expanding and never garbage cleaned.
- No longer loses track of double-forks. If the process holding the filemon
handle closes it will close the log rather than wait on a daemonized process,
but it will log all activity until it closes its handle. The filemon
will be removed from the process and not inherited.
- A separate process count is kept only as an optimization for
forced detachment to avoid taking allproc_lock and walking the entire
process tree.
- struct filemon access is protected by sx(9) filemon->lock as it was before.
- Add more comments and KASSERTS.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: kib, mjg, markj (all on previous versions)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5520
Submitted by: Ju Sun <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5651
This write came from Linux commit b4ae3f22d238 which has been implicated
in Sandy Bridge power consumption issues (albeit under different
conditions on Linux). Disabling it restores normal power consumption on
my Sandy Bridge laptop (Thinkpad X220).
PR: 207889
Reviewed by: cem, dumbbell
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5665
a DRIVER_MODULE() referencing mmc_driver has a MODULE_DEPEND() on mmc. This
is because the kernel linker only searches for symbols in dependent modules,
so loading sdhci_pci (and other bus-flavors of sdhci) would fail when mmc
was not compiled into the kernel (even if you hand-loaded mmc first).
(Thanks to jilles@ for providing the vital clue about the kernel linker.)
ahci.c had one signed long, which was passed into rman, rather than u_long.
After the switch of rman_res_t from size u_long to size uintmax_t, the sign
extension caused ranges to get messed up, and ahcich* to not attach.
There may be more signed longs used in this way, which will be fixed as they're
reported.
Reported by: pho
There's some upcoming work to add new chipset support here and I'd
like to only add 802.11n support to one driver, instead of both
urtwn and rtwn.
There's also missing support for things like 802.11n, some powersave
work, bluetooth integration/coexistence, etc, and also newer parts
(like 8192EU, maybe some 11ac parts, not sure yet.)
So, this is hopefully the first step in a longer set of steps to unify
rtwn/urtwn and extend it with more interesting chipset and functionality
support.
Reviewed by: kevlo
On some architectures, u_long isn't large enough for resource definitions.
Particularly, powerpc and arm allow 36-bit (or larger) physical addresses, but
type `long' is only 32-bit. This extends rman's resources to uintmax_t. With
this change, any resource can feasibly be placed anywhere in physical memory
(within the constraints of the driver).
Why uintmax_t and not something machine dependent, or uint64_t? Though it's
possible for uintmax_t to grow, it's highly unlikely it will become 128-bit on
32-bit architectures. 64-bit architectures should have plenty of RAM to absorb
the increase on resource sizes if and when this occurs, and the number of
resources on memory-constrained systems should be sufficiently small as to not
pose a drastic overhead. That being said, uintmax_t was chosen for source
clarity. If it's specified as uint64_t, all printf()-like calls would either
need casts to uintmax_t, or be littered with PRI*64 macros. Casts to uintmax_t
aren't horrible, but it would also bake into the API for
resource_list_print_type() either a hidden assumption that entries get cast to
uintmax_t for printing, or these calls would need the PRI*64 macros. Since
source code is meant to be read more often than written, I chose the clearest
path of simply using uintmax_t.
Tested on a PowerPC p5020-based board, which places all device resources in
0xfxxxxxxxx, and has 8GB RAM.
Regression tested on qemu-system-i386
Regression tested on qemu-system-mips (malta profile)
Tested PAE and devinfo on virtualbox (live CD)
Special thanks to bz for his testing on ARM.
Reviewed By: bz, jhb (previous)
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Alex Perez/Inertial Computing
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4544
Figure out if the chip is counting PAUSE frames in the "normal" stats
and take them out if it is. This fixes a bug in the tx stats because
the default hardware behavior is different for Tx and Rx but the driver
was treating both the same way. The result was that OPACKETS, OBYTES,
and OMCASTS were under-reported (if tx_pause > 0) before this change.
Note that the mac_stats sysctl still gives you the raw value of these
statistics straight from the device registers.
Prevent ixgbe outputting "Invalid advertised speed" warning on boot with
no customisations by moving test from sysctl handler to set handler.
PR: 208022
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
support frameworks (i.e. clk/regulators/tsensors/fuses...).
It provides simple unified consumers interface for manipulations with
phy (USB/SATA/PCIe) resources.
support frameworks(i.e. clk/reset/phy/tsensors/fuses...).
The framework is still far from perfect and probably doesn't have stable
interface yet, but we want to start testing it on more real boards and
different architectures.
This makes sure the default context of each ring is cleaned up with the
ring itself and fixes a memory leak.
Author: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@linux.intel.com>
Date: Fri May 3 16:29:08 2013 +0300
drm/i915: unreference default context on module unload
Before module unload is called, gpu_idle() will switch
to default context. This will increment ref count of base
object as the default context is 'running' on module unload
time. Unreference the drm object so that when context
is freed, base object is freed as well.
v2: added comment to explain the refcounts (Ben Widawsky)
Signed-off-by: Mika Kuoppala <mika.kuoppala@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Obtained from: Linux
defined:
sys/dev/cxgbe/t4_main.c:7474: warning: 'sysctl_tp_tick' defined but not used
sys/dev/cxgbe/t4_main.c:7505: warning: 'sysctl_tp_dack_timer' defined but not used
sys/dev/cxgbe/t4_main.c:7519: warning: 'sysctl_tp_timer' defined but not used
This just adds a bunch of #ifdef TCP_OFFLOAD in the right places.
Reviewed by: np
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5620
This fixes several memory leaks. Apparently, this problem exists in
Linux 3.8 but the code changed in Linux 3.9 so it may be fixed upstream
already. Still, this is something we need to pay attention to.
... when __wait_seqno() is interrupted by a signal. In this case,
__wait_seqno() returns -ERESTARTSYS. Like we already do in drm_ioctl(),
we need to convert this error to a common code such as -EINTR, so the
page fault handler is restarted.
Reported by: Frederic Chardon <chardon.frederic@gmail.com>
Tested by: Frederic Chardon <chardon.frederic@gmail.com>
The i915 video driver doesn't depend on agp(4) anymore for Sandybridge
and later GPUs. Therefore, there is no need to attach agp(4) to those
devices.
While here, fix `agp_i965_res_spec` to include the aperture base for
GEN4 and GEN5.
Reviewed by: kib
Approved by: kib
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5586
This fixes the following error:
kernel: error: [drm:pid1167:drm_release] *ERROR* Device busy: 2
Because of that, drm_lastclose() was not called, leading to a few memory
leaks once the driver was unloaded.
MFC after: 1 week
- Query the location of the log very early during attach. Refresh the
location later after establishing contact with the firmware.
- Save the log's location as a flat address in devlog_params.
- Use a memory window instead of backdoor access to the EDC/MC to read
the log.
I believe that this patch handled the problem from the wrong side.
Instead of making ZFS properly handle large stripe sizes, it made
unrelated driver to lie in reported parameters to workaround that.
Alternative solution for this problem from ZFS side was committed at
r296615.
Discussed with: smh
TSO packets will signal segments TX completion in the separate CQ
descriptors. Each CQ descriptor for HW TSO will point to the same
SQ entry.
Do not invoke nicvf_put_sq_desc() for secondary segments to avoid
free_cnt corruption and eventually integer overflow that will result
in the negative free_cnt value and hence impossibility of further
transmission.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5535
Do not modify NIC_QSET_CQ_0_7_HEAD manually, especially
in non-atomic context.
It doesn't seem to be necessary to recreate CQ head after
interrupt clearing too.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5533
So that functions shared w/ attach path could use if_printf().
While I'm here, remove unnecessary if_dunit and if_dname assignment.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5576
tracks and 10 sectors per track. More exotic RX-50 types not
supported, nor is there support for de-interleaving the first two
tracks where the physical sectors are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9, but they
should be interpreted as 0 5 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9. This is purely to read
the media with dd. The FAT that's on these disks won't work with
msdosfs anyway.
is defined explicitly. It's kinda pointless and results in extra step in
boot sequence which is not really needed, i.e.:
md0: Embedded image 1331200 bytes at 0x8038b7b4
Trying to mount root from ufs:/dev/md0 []...
Mounting from ufs:/dev/md0 failed with error 22.
Trying to mount root from ufs:md0.uzip []...
warning: no time-of-day clock registered, system time will not be set accurately
start_init: trying /sbin/init
This update brings initial support for Haswell GPUs.
Tested by: Many users of FreeBSD, PC-BSD and HardenedBSD
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5554
which is responsible for filtering and RSS.
Add the ability to use filters that match on PF/VF (aka "VNIC id") while
here. This is mutually exclusive with filtering on outer VLAN tag with
Q-in-Q.
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Move the code that reads all the parameters to t4_init_sge_params in the
shared code. Use these per-adapter values instead of globals.
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Code may still be executing from the wrappers at unload time and thus is
not generally safe to unload. Converting the wrappers to use
EVENTHANDLER(9) will allow this to safely drain on active threads in
hooks. More work on EVENTHANDLER(9) is needed first.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
- Get the list of registers to read during a regdump from the shared
code instead of the OS specific code. This follows a similar move
internally. The shared code includes the list for T6.
- Update cxgbetool to be able to decode T5 VF, T6, and T6 VF register
dumps (and catch up with some updates to T4 and T5 register decode).
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
update to the latest internal shared code.
- Add a chip_params structure to keep track of hardware constants for
all generations of Terminators handled by cxgbe.
- Update t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4 to work with T6.
- Update the hardware debug sysctls (hidden within dev.<tNnex>.<n>.misc.*) to
work with T6. Most of the changes are in the decoders for the CIM
logic analyzer and the MPS TCAM.
- Acquire the regwin lock around indirect register accesses.
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Each channel contains one RX ring and one TX ring. And we
try to distribute the channels to different evenly.
Note: Currently we don't have enough information to extract
the RSS type and RSS hash value from the received packets.
This greatly improves the TX/RX performance for 8 virtual CPU
Hyper-V over 10Ge: it can max out 10Ge for TCP when multiple
RX/TX rings are enabled.
This almost doubles the TX/RX performance for locally connected
Hyper-Vs: was 6Gbps w/ 128 TCP streams, now 11Gbps w/ multiple
RX/TX rings enabled.
It is not enabled by default; it will be switched on after more
tests.
Collaborated with: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
MFC after: 2 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Do not use ic_macaddr as a storage for current BSSID;
it may be reused in vap creation procedure;
similar to r288619.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5513
the first device entry matching the USB vendor, product and revision
would be searched for quirks. After this patch all device entries will
be searched for quirks.
MFC after: 1 week
Summary:
The idea behind this is '~0ul' is well-defined, and casting to uintmax_t, on a
32-bit platform, will leave the upper 32 bits as 0. The maximum range of a
resource is 0xFFF.... (all bits of the full type set). By dropping the 'ul'
suffix, C type promotion rules apply, and the sign extension of ~0 on 32 bit
platforms gets it to a type-independent 'unsigned max'.
Reviewed By: cem
Sponsored by: Alex Perez/Inertial Computing
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5255
code:
- Rename some CamelCase variables.
- s/t4_link_start/t4_link_l1cfg/g
- Pull in t4_get_port_type_description.
- Move t4_wait_op_done to t4_hw.c.
- Flip the order of the RDMA stats.
- Remove unsused function t4_iq_start_stop.
- Move t4_wait_op_done and t4_wait_op_done_val to t4_hw.c
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
Fix the boundary limit to end at the end of the region and not one beyond (1).
Diagnosed by: andrew (1)
Reviewed by: andrew, br
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5493
On some platforms, BAR entries are hardcoded and must not be accessed
using standard method. Add functionality to identify this situation
and configure the bus based on Enhanced Allocation structure.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Reviewed by: jhb
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5242
And since the host may not being able to allocate the # of rings
requested by us, save the # of rings allocated by the host in the
ring_inuse counters; use ring_inuse counters for run time operation.
This paves the way for the upcoming vRSS support.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
And use it for cpu0 assignment; it does not sound right to assume that
cpu0 maps to vcpu0. And this factored out function will be exposed to
drivers, if driver specific CPU binding is needed, e.g. hn(4).
Move default cpu select after saving channel offer message. This makes
sure that all useful information of the channel has been setup.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5504
The renamed function create a sysctl tree for channel, and many
non-statistics nodes exists, so don't claim it only adds sysctl
nodes for statistics.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5503
taskqueue_enqueue() was changed to support both fast and non-fast
taskqueues 10 years ago in r154167. It has been a compat shim ever
since. It's time for the compat shim to go.
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: sephe
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5131
is the physical memory size so may be larger than a u_long can hold, e.g.
on ARM with LPAE we could see an address space of up to 40 bits. On ARM
u_long is only 32 bits so the memory size will be truncated, possibly to
zero.
Reported by: bz
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
So that the host could dispatch the TX done back to this TX ring's
owner channel
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5498
These firmwares were obtained from the beta "Chelsio T5/T4 Unified Wire
v2.12.0.2 for Linux" release. Changes since last release are listed in the
"Release Notes" accompanying the beta release and are copy-pasted here as well.
The plan is to have only GA'd firmwares in any -STABLE FreeBSD branch so I'll
MFC this (after 2 months) only if it ends up in a GA release.
================================================================================
================================================================================
22.1. T5 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.15.28.0
Date : 02/29/2016
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixed an issue in FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD handling where the default ingress
queue was ignored.
- Fixed an issue where adapter failed to load fw by adjusting DRAM frequency.
- Fixed an issue in watchdog which was causing VM bring-up failure after
reboot.
- Fixed 40G link failures with some switches when auto-negotiation enabled.
- Fixed to improve on link bring-up time.
- Per port buffer groups size doubled to improve performance.
- Fixed an issue where bogus d3hot bits were set causing traffic stall.
- Fixed an issue where sometimes adapter was not seen after reboot.
- Fixed an issue where iWARP was crashing in conjunction with traffic
management.
- Fixed an issue where link failed to come up after removing twinax cable and
inserting optical module.
OFLD
- Fixed a potential iSCSI data corruption issue by disabling RxFragEn flag.
FOiSCSI
- Fixed an issue in recovery path where connection was getting closed before
recovery processing was done.
- Fixed an issue in TCP port reuse.
- Fixed an issue in recovery path when large number (>64) of iSCSI connections
were in use.
- Returned ENETUNREACH if IP was not been provisioned yet and driver tried to
use given inerface.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Added new interface to program DCA settings in SGE contexts; allow 32-byte
IQE size
- Added PTP interface fw_ptp_ts to support PTP Frequeny and Offset adjustment.
- Added MPS raw interface.
ETH:
- New mailbox command FW_DCB_IEEE_CMD api added for IEEE dcbx.
OFLD:
- WR opcode is returned to host in cqe error response.
================================================================================
================================================================================
22.2. T4 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.15.28.0
Date : 02/29/2016
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixed an issue in FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD handling where default ingress queue
was ignored.
- Fixed an issue in watchdog which was causing VM bring-up failure after
reboot.
- Per port buffer groups size doubled to improve performance.
- Fixed an issue where iWARP was crashing in conjunction with traffic
management.
FOiSCSI:
- Fixed an issue in recovery path where connection was getting closed before
recovery processing was done.
- Fixed an issue in TCP port reuse.
- Fixed an issue in recovery path when large number (>64) of iSCSI connections
were in use.
- Returned ENETUNREACH if IP had not been provisioned yet and driver tried to
use given inerface.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Added MPS raw interface.
ETH:
- New mailbox command FW_DCB_IEEE_CMD api added for IEEE dcbx.
================================================================================
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
MFC after: 2 months
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
The m_ext.ext_cnt pointer becomes a union. It can now hold the refcount
value itself. To tell that m_ext.ext_flags flag EXT_FLAG_EMBREF is used.
The first mbuf to attach a cluster stores the refcount. The further mbufs
to reference the cluster point at refcount in the first mbuf. The first
mbuf is freed only when the last reference is freed.
The benefit over refcounts stored in separate slabs is that now refcounts
of different, unrelated mbufs do not share a cache line.
For EXT_EXTREF mbufs the zone_ext_refcnt is no longer needed, and m_extadd()
becomes void, making widely used M_EXTADD macro safe.
For EXT_SFBUF mbufs the sf_ext_ref() is removed, which was an optimization
exactly against the cache aliasing problem with regular refcounting.
Discussed with: rrs, rwatson, gnn, hiren, sbruno, np
Reviewed by: rrs
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5396
Sponsored by: Netflix
Use u_long instead of uint32_t variables to avoid overflow
in case of PA space bigger than 32-bit.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Michal Stanek <mst@semihalf.com>
Sponsored by: Annapurna Labs
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Reviewed by: andrew, br, wma
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5393
It would serve as a debug tool, if the shared buffer ring's indices
stopped updating.
Submitted by: HongJiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: sephe, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Modified by: sephe
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5402
sfence only makes sure about the store-store order, which is not
sufficient here. Use atomic_thread_fence_seq_cst() as suggested
jhb and kib (a locked op in the nutshell, which should have the
Reviewed by: jhb, kib, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5436
Freescale's QorIQ line includes a new ethernet controller, based on their
Datapath Acceleration Architecture (DPAA). This uses a combination of a Frame
manager, Buffer manager, and Queue manager to improve performance across all
interfaces by being able to pass data directly between hardware acceleration
interfaces.
As part of this import, Freescale's Netcomm Software (ncsw) driver is imported.
This was an attempt by Freescale to create an OS-agnostic sub-driver for
managing the hardware, using shims to interface to the OS-specific APIs. This
work was abandoned, and Freescale's primary work is in the Linux driver (dual
BSD/GPL license). Hence, this was imported directly to sys/contrib, rather than
going through the vendor area. Going forward, FreeBSD-specific changes may be
made to the ncsw code, diverging from the upstream in potentially incompatible
ways. An alternative could be to import the Linux driver itself, using the
linuxKPI layer, as that would maintain parity with the vendor-maintained driver.
However, the Linux driver has not been evaluated for reliability yet, and may
have issues with the import, whereas the ncsw-based driver in this commit was
completed by Semihalf 4 years ago, and is very stable.
Other SoC modules based on DPAA, which could be added in the future:
* Security and Encryption engine (SEC4.x, SEC5.x)
* RAID engine
Additional work to be done:
* Implement polling mode
* Test vlan support
* Add support for the Pattern Matching Engine, which can do regular expression
matching on packets.
This driver has been tested on the P5020 QorIQ SoC. Others listed in the
dtsec(4) manual page are expected to work as the same DPAA engine is included in
all.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Alex Perez/Inertial Computing
urtwn_set_rx_bssid_all() will allow to receive beacons only
when they are not denied by filter.
Revealed by D5474.
Tested with RTL8188CUS, HOSTAP mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5477
Most calls to bus_alloc_resource() use "anywhere" as the range, with a given
count. Migrate these to use the new bus_alloc_resource_anywhere() API.
Reviewed by: jhb
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5370
Most of these are BARs, and we allocate them in their entirety. The one outlier
in this is amdsbwd, which calls bus_set_resource() prior.
Reviewed by: jhb
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5370 (partial)
support for the i2c, mmc, and gmac clocks. Further clocks can be added as
needed.
Submitted by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Reviewed by: jmcneill
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5339
If Enhanced Allocation is not used, we can't allocate any random
range. All internal devices have hardcoded place where they can
be located within PCI address space. Fortunately, we can read
this value from BAR.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Reviewed by: zbb
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5455
Chimney sending buffer still needs conversion, which will be done
along with the upcoming vRSS support.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5457
This fixes the TX/RX ring selection for TX/RX done.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5454
This is preamble to associate the TX/RX rings to their channel.
While I'm here, revoke unused netvsc_recv_rollup.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5453
This is the preamble to pass channel back to hn(4) upon TX/RX done.
Reviewed by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5452
And unregister hv_device only for primary channels, who own the hv_device.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5451
SoCs and various chips (including, famously, their wifi chips.)
This is "just" (all 20,000 lines of it) code to enumerate the various
versions of busses inside these devices, including the PCI bridge and
the direct SIBA bridge found in MIPS chips.
It also includes shared code for some bus operations (suspend, resume, etc);
EEPROM/SROM/etc parsing and other things that are shared between chips.
Eventually this'll replace the code that bwi/bwn uses for the internal
bus, as well as some apparently upcoming mips74k broadcom SoC support
which uses bwn!
Thanks to Landon Fuller <landonf@landonf.org> for all this work!
Obtained from: https://github.com/landonf/freebsd/compare/user/landonf/bcm4331-CURRENT
On Pass2.0 can trigger interrupt on both timer and CQ count.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5423
This is not needed and causes revid register of the PCI
configuration space to clear on Pass2.0.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5421
Don't postpone Tx if the Tx lock can be acquired now.
This gives 3x better performance on egress.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5325
VNIC manages counters in hardware hence it is desired to have this
option enabled to avoid redundant stats update in ether_input_internal().
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5323
Support for software LRO when enabled in the capabilities
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5321
- The network controller verifies Rx TCP/UDP/SCTP checksums by default.
Communicate this to the stack when the packet is not marked as erroneous
to avoid redundant checksum calculation in kernel.
- It is not uncommon to get the mbuf with m_len that is less than
the minimal size for the IP, TCP, UDP, etc. when HW checsumming
is enabled. To avoid data corruption performed by the HW that is
intended to write IP and TCP/UDP/SCTP checksums to the data segment,
the mbuf needs to be pulled up by the required number of bytes.
- Make sure that one can modify the mbufs that require checsum calculation
rather than check for NULL mbuf on each transmission.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5320
* provided OFW interface for pci_host_generic (for handling devices which are present in DTS under the PCI node)
* removed support for internal PCI from arm64/cavium
* cleaned up and made most of the code common
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Reviewed by: zbb
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5261
Split heartbeat, shutdown and timesync out of utils code
and name them properly.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5216
- Limit queue autoconfiguration to 8 queues to prevent the driver from
requesting a large number of MSI-X vectors at boot.
- Fix potential kernel panic that occurs when the driver loads and cannot
get all requested MSIX vectors. Instead, attach() will fail with an error.
- Move taskqueue setup to later in attach() to prevent having to free
taskqueues if some other error in attach() occurs.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5205
MFC after: 1 month
Tested by: jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
This was a regression from r293328, which deferred allocation
of the controller's ioq array until after interrupts are enabled
during boot.
PR: 207432
Reported and tested by: Andy Carrel <wac@google.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
requesting the initial complete device descriptor and not as part of
the subsequent babble error recovery. Babble means that the received
USB packet was bigger than than configured maximum packet size. This
only affects enumeration of FULL speed USB devices which use a
bMaxPacketSize different from 8 bytes. This patch might help fix
enumeration of USB devices which exhibit USB I/O errors in dmesg
during boot.
MFC after: 1 week
IF_PREPEND promises out-of-order packet sending when the TX desc list
is depleted. It was overlooked and copied blindly when the transmission
path was partially rewritten.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5386
It will be shared w/ the upcoming ifnet.if_transmit method
implementation.
No functional change.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5385
the bus space tag and handle for a uart console, use the values returned by
that routine to set the global uart_bus_space_mem, instead of assuming that
there will be a global variable named fdtbus_bs_tag to set it from.
Also, use OF_getencprop() instead calling fdt32_to_cpu() separately.
- At Intel it is believed that most of their products support "only"
40 DMA segments so lower {EM,IGB}_MAX_SCATTER accordingly. Actually,
40 is more than plenty to handle full size TSO packets so it doesn't
make sense to further distinguish between MAC variants that really
can do 64 DMA segments. Moreover, capping at 40 DMA segments limits
the stack usage of {em,igb}_xmit() that - given the rare use of more
than these - previously hardly was justifiable, while still being
sufficient to avoid the problems seen with em(4) and EM_MAX_SCATTER
set to 32.
- In igb(4), pass the actually supported TSO parameters up the stack.
Previously, the defaults set in if_attach_internal() were applied,
i. e. a maximum of 35 TSO segments, which made supporting more than
these in the driver pointless. However, this might explain why no
problems were seen with IGB_MAX_SCATTER at 64.
- In em(4), take the 5 m_pullup(9) invocations performed by em_xmit()
in the TSO case into account when reporting TSO parameters upwards.
In the worst case, each of these calls will add another mbuf and,
thus, the requirement for an additional DMA segment. So for best
performance, it doesn't make sense to advertize a maximum of TSO
segments that typically will require defragmentation in em_xmit().
Again, this leaves enough room to handle full size TSO packets.
- Drop TSO macros from if_lem.h given that corresponding MACS don't
support TSO in the first place.
Reviewed by: erj, sbruno, jeffrey.e.pieper_intel.com
Approved by: erj
MFC after: 3 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5238
need to include it explicitly when <vm/vm_param.h> is already included.
Suggested by: alc
Reviewed by: alc
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5379
It is only used in hv_netvsc_drv_freebsd.c; and rename it to hn_tx_done()
mainly to reserve "xmit" for ifnet.if_transmit implement.
While I'm here, remove unapplied comment.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5345
Preamble to implement the ifnet.if_transmit method.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5344
- Add URTWN_WITHOUT_UCODE option (will disable any firmware specific code
when set).
- Do not exclude the driver from build when MK_SOURCELESS_UCODE is set
(URTWN_WITHOUT_UCODE will be enforced unconditionally).
- Do not abort initialization when firmware cannot be loaded;
behave like the URTWN_WITHOUT_UCODE option was set.
- Drop some unused variables from urtwn_softc structure.
Tested with RTL8188EU and RTL8188CUS in HOSTAP and STA modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4849
acpi_GetInteger() execution. Intel DMAR interrupt remapping code
needs to know UID of the HPET to properly route the FSB interrupts
from the HPET, even when interrupt remapping is disabled, and the code
is executed under some non-sleepable mutexes.
Cache HPET UIDs in the device softc at the attach time and provide
lock-less method to get UID, use the method from the dmar hpet
handling code instead of calling GetInteger().
Reported and tested by: Larry Rosenman <ler@lerctr.org>
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
Extract common code from PowerPC's ofw_pci
Import portions of the PowerPC OF PCI implementation into
new file "ofw_pci.c", common for other platforms. The files ofw_pci.c and
ofw_pci.h from sys/powerpc/ofw no longer exist. All required declarations
are moved to sys/dev/ofw/ofw_pci.h.
This creates a new ofw_pci_write_ivar() function and modifies
ofw_pci_nranges(), ofw_pci_read_ivar(), ofw_pci_route_interrupt()
methods.
Most functions contain existing ppc implementations in the majority
unchanged. Now there is no need to have multiple identical copies
of methods for various architectures.
Submitted by: Marcin Mazurek <mma@semihalf.com>
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Annapurna Labs
Reviewed by: jhibbits, mmel
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4879
This needs to return to the drawing board as it breaks both
PowerPC and Sparc64 build.
Pointed out by: jhibbits
This simplifies checking for default resource range for bus_alloc_resource(),
and improves readability.
This is part of, and related to, the migration of rman_res_t from u_long to
uintmax_t.
Discussed with: jhb
Suggested by: marcel
The m_collapse() call would fail when transmitting medium-sized packets
when the interface mtu was set to 9000, so revert back to m_defrag(),
which does not fail.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5207
Tested by: jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
- I40E_PFINT_DYN_CTLN needs to be cleared, and not have a queue index
written to it.
- The interrupt linked list for each queue is changed to only include
the queue's Rx and Tx queues.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5206
Reviewed by: sbruno
Tested by: jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
- Change tc_mapping field to assign 64 queues instead of 16 to the PF's VSI;
add comments to describe how this is done.
- Set hash lut size to 512 when setting filter control; the lut size defaults
to 128 if this isn't set.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5203
Reviewed by: gallatin
Tested by: jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Tested on Windows Server 2012.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5317
It will be used to help tracking host side transmission ring selection
issue; and it will be turned on by default, once we have concrete result.
Reviewed by: adrian, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mento)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5316
Import portions of the PowerPC OF PCI implementation into
new file "ofw_pci.c", common for other platforms. The files ofw_pci.c and
ofw_pci.h from sys/powerpc/ofw no longer exist. All required declarations
are moved to sys/dev/ofw/ofw_pci.h.
This creates a new ofw_pci_write_ivar() function and modifies
ofw_pci_nranges(), ofw_pci_read_ivar(), ofw_pci_route_interrupt() methods.
Most functions contain existing ppc implementations in the majority
unchanged. Now there is no need to have multiple identical copies
of methods for various architectures.
Submitted by: Marcin Mazurek <mma@semihalf.com>
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Annapurna Labs
Reviewed by: jhibbits, mmel
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4879
Resource list for devices that are not ofwbus descendants, but
got to ofwbus method via bus_generic_release_resource() call chain,
cannot be found using BUS_GET_RESOURCE_LIST() used by ofwbus.
In that case, changing device's resource list should be avoided
(will not contain resource list prepared by ofw or simplebus).
Pointy-hat to: zbb
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5304
So one spinlock is avoided, which would be potentially dangerous for
virtual machine, if the spinlock holder was scheduled out by the host,
as noted by royger.
Old spinlock based txdesc list is still kept around, so we could have
a safe fallback.
No performance regression nor improvement is observed.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5290
This paves the way for upcoming vRSS stuffs and eases more code cleanup.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5283
Performance stays same; so no need to use fast taskqueue here.
Suggested by: royger
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5282
This also eases experiment on the non-fast taskqueue.
Reviewed by: adrian, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5276
This paves the way for upcoming vRSS stuffs and eases more code cleanup.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5275
And use SYSCTL+CTLFLAG_RDTUN for them.
Suggested by: adrian
Reviewed by: adrian, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5274
This one gives the best performance so far.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5273
It is off by default. This eases further experimenting on this driver.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5272
Set TCP ACK append limit to 1, i.e. aggregate 2 ACKs at most. Aggregating
anything more than 2 hurts TCP sending performance in hyperv. This
significantly improves the TCP sending performance when the number of
concurrent connetion is low (2~8). And it greatly stabilizes the TCP
sending performance in other cases.
Set TCP data segments aggregation length limit to 37500. Without this
limitation, hn(4) could aggregate ~45 TCP data segments for each
connection (even at 64 or more connections) before dispatching them to
socket code; large aggregation slows down ACK sending and eventually
hurts/destabilizes TCP reception performance. This setting stabilizes
and improves TCP reception performance for >4 concurrent connections
significantly.
Make them sysctls so they could be adjusted.
Reviewed by: adrian, gallatin (previous version), hselasky (previous version)
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5185
for all struct bio you get back from g_{new,alloc}_bio. Temporary
bios that you create on the stack or elsewhere should use this before
first use of the bio, and between uses of the bio. At the moment, it
is nothing more than a wrapper around bzero, but that may change in
the future. The wrapper also removes one place where we encode the
size of struct bio in the KBI.
will allow for code that uses the old fdt_get_range and fdt_regsize
functions to find a range, map it, access, then unmap to replace this, up
to and including the map, with a call to OF_decode_addr.
As this function should only be used in the early boot code the unmap is
mostly do document we no longer need the mapping as it's a no-op, at least
on arm.
Reviewed by: jhibbits
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5258
Marvell twsi part, however uses different register locations, as such split
the existing driver into Marvell and Allwinner attachments.
While here clean a few style issues.
Submitted by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4846
This patch comes from Dave Jiang's Linux tree, davejiang/ntb. It hasn't
been accepted into Linus' tree, so I do not have an authoritative SHA1
to point at. Original commit log:
=====================================================================
A hardware errata causes the NTB to hang when heavy bi-directional
traffic in addition to the usage of BAR0/1 (where the registers reside,
including the doorbell registers to trigger interrupts).
This workaround is only available on Haswell and Broadwell platform.
The workaround is to enable split BAR in the BIOS to allow the 64bit
BAR4 to be split into two 32bit BAR4 and BAR5. The BAR4 shall be pointed
to LAPIC region of the remote host. We will bypass the db mechanism and
directly trigger the MSIX interrupts. The offsets and vectors are
exchanged during transport scratch pad negotiation. The scratch pads are
now overloaded in order to allow the exchange of the information. This
gets around using the doorbell and prevents the lockup with additional
pcode changes in BIOS.
Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
=====================================================================
Notable changes in the FreeBSD version of this patch:
* The MSIX BAR is configurable, like hw.ntb.b2b_mw_idx (msix_mw_idx).
The Linux version of the patch only uses BAR4.
* MSIX negotiation aborts if the link goes down.
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The I/OAT HW reset process may sleep, so it is invalid to perform a
channel reset from the software interrupt thread.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
supported, use full-width aliases MSRs for writes. This fixes the
"[pmc,X] negative increment" assertion on the context switch when
clipped counter value is sign-extended.
Add definitions for the MSR IA32_PERF_CAPABILITIES needed to detect
the feature.
PR: 207068
Submitted by: joss.upton@yahoo.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
nvme(4) issues a SET_NUM_QUEUES command during device
initialization to ensure enough I/O queues exists for each
of the MSI-X vectors we have allocated. The SET_NUM_QUEUES
command is then issued again during nvme_ctrlr_start(), to
ensure that is properly set after any controller reset.
At least one NVMe drive exists which fails this second
SET_NUM_QUEUES command during device initialization. So
change nvme_ctrlr_start() to only issue its SET_NUM_QUEUES
command when it is coming out of a reset - avoiding the
duplicate SET_NUM_QUEUES during device initialization.
Reported by: gallatin
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
xn_ifp is allocated in create_netdev with if_alloc(IFT_ETHER).
According to the current arrangement it can't be NULL.
Coverity ID: 1349805
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5252
The variable error is assigned to 0 before entering the switch.
Assigning error to 0 before break pointless rewrites the real error
value that should be returned.
Coverity ID: 1304974
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5250
Replace the hw.ntb.enable_writecombine tunable with
hw.ntb.default_mw_pat. It can be set with several specific numerical
values to select a caching type. Any bogus value is treated as
Uncacheable (UC).
The ntb_mw_set_wc() KPI has removed the restriction that the selected
mode must be one of UC, WC, or WB.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The IOCTL is used by 'ifconfig -v' to show SFP+/QSFP+ information
including inventory information and dianostics (temperature, light
levels, voltage etc).
Reviewed by: gnn,melifaro
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5240
made writeable by the root user. Userspace audio daemons can add or
update an entry in /dev/sndstat by doing a single system write call to
any /dev/sndstat file descriptor handle. When the audio daemon closes the
file handle or is killed the entry disappears.
While at it, cleanup the sound status code a bit:
- keep the device list sorted to avoid sorting the list every time a
/dev/sndstat read request is made.
- factor out locking into a pair of locking macros.
- use the sound status lock to protect all per file handle states,
when generating the output for /dev/sndstat and when removing or
adding sound status devices. This way sndstat_acquire() and
sndstat_release() become superfluous and can be removed.
Reviewed by: mav @
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5191
Currently, there is no easy way to know in advance how many entries a list parsed by
ofw_bus_parse_xref_list_alloc() in sys/dev/ofw/ofw_bus_subr.c has.
This patch:
* teaches the existing function about handling idx == -1 and returning how big
the set is; then renames it as _internal;
* create a new function that asserts idx != -1, so the old API is maintained;
* add a new function that returns just the list length.
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5043
when its result is immediately ignored, i.e. for kernel processes
forked from the user process. Do not test for non-null before freeing
string.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
Major changes:
- Add i219/i219(2) hardware support. (Found on Skylake generation and newer
chipsets.)
- Further to the last Skylake support diff, this one also includes support for
the Lewisburg chipset (i219(3)).
- Add a workaround to an igb hardware errata.
All 1G server products need to have IPv6 extension header parsing turned off.
This should be listed in the specification updates for current 1G server
products, e.g. for i350 it's errata #37 in this document:
http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/specification-updates/ethernet-controller-i350-spec-update.pdf
- Avoton (i354) PHY errata workaround added
And a bunch of minor fixes, as well as #defines for things that the current
em(4)/igb(4) drivers don't implement.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3162
Reviewed by: sbruno, marius, gnn
Approved by: gnn
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
We will eventually convert them to use busdma.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5087
And convert rndis non-hot path spinlock to mutex.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5081
HyperV code was ported from Linux. There is an implementation of
work queue called hv_work_queue. In FreeBSD, taskqueue could be
used for the same purpose. Convert all the consumer of hv_work_queue
to use taskqueue, and remove work queue implementation.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4963
It is off by default. This eases more experiment on hn(4).
Reviewed by: adrian, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5175
This significantly increases LRO aggregation ratio when there are
large amount of connections (improves reception performance a lot).
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5167
hn(4) only has one RX ring currently, so default 8 LRO entries
are too small.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5166
We lost half of the chimney sending space, because we mis-used
ffs() on a 64 bits mask, where ffsl() should be used.
While I'm here:
- Use system atomic operation instead.
- Stringent chimney sending index assertion.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5159
It will be shared w/ upcoming ifnet.if_transmit implementaion.
No functional changes.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5158
So that:
- TCP/IP stack will not do unnecessary IP header checksum for TSO
packets.
- Reduce guest load for non-TSO IP packets.
Reviewed by: adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5099
- For non-TSO offloading, we don't need to access mbuf to know
which csum offloading is requested, we can just use the
CSUM_{IP,TCP,UDP} in the csum_flags.
- For TSO offloading, we still can depend on CSUM_{TSO4,TSO6}
in the csum_flags to tell whether the TSO packet is an IPv4
TSO packet or an IPv6 TSO packet.
This streamlines csum offloading handling (remove the two goto)
and allows us the nuke the unnecessary get_transport_proto_type().
Reviewed by: adrian, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5098
- Record csum features in softc, so we don't need to duplicate the
logic from attach path to ioctl path.
- Protect if_capenable and if_hwassist changes by main lock.
- Prefer turn on/off bits in if_hwassist explicitly instead of using
XOR.
Reviewed by: adrian, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5085
a mips big-endian board.
This is (hopefully! ish!) a temporary change until a slightly better way
can be found to express this without a config option.
Tested:
* BUFFALO WZR-HP-G300NH 1stGen (by submitter)
Submitted by: Mori Hiroki <yamori813@yahoo.co.jp>
Add #defines for ATA_WRITE_UNCORRECTABLE48 and its features. Update the
decoding in ATACAM to recognize the new values. Also improve command
decoding for a few other commands (SMART, NOP, SET_FEATURES). Bring the
decoding in ata(4) up to parity with ATACAM.
Reviewed by: mav, imp
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Panasas, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5181
also for 82598, which doesn't support it.
The legacy code has a check for it, which was missed when the code for dealing with
CSUM_IP6_* was added. Add the same check for FreeBSD 10 and higher.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5192
MD_ROOT_SIZE and embed_mfs.sh were basically retired as part of
https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2903 .
However, when building a kernel with 'options MD_ROOT_SIZE' specified, this
results in a non-working MFS, as within sys/dev/md/md.c we fall within the
wrong # ifdef.
This patch implements the following:
* Allow kernels to be built without the MD_ROOT_SIZE option, which results
in a kernel built as per D2903.
* Allow kernels to be built with the MD_ROOT_SIZE option, which results
in a kernel built similarly to the pre-D2903 way, with the following
differences:
* The MFS is now put in a separate section within the kernel (oldmfs,
so it differs from the mfs section introduced by D2903).
* embed_mfs.sh is changed, so it looks up the oldmfs section within the
kernel, gets its size and offset, sees if the MFS will fit within the
allocated oldmfs section and only if all is well does a dd of the MFS
image into the kernel.
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: brooks, imp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5093
causes watchdog timeouts when using TSO4 at link speeds below
Gigabit, at least with 82573E. So disable the assist automatically
when at lower speeds.
Submitted by: jfv
Approved by: erj
Obtained from: D3162
MFC after: 3 days
Fix ixgbe reporting of flow control autoneg when running under DBG 1
Reviewed by: erj
MFC after: 2 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5089
Setup phy and gbic power as per Linux 4.3.13 driver.
This fixes link not detected on X540-AT2 after booting to Linux which turns
the phy power off on detach.
Reviewed by: sbruno
MFC after: 2 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5107
Fix the inverted set of interrupts being used as the mask for ixl.
Without this ixl devices fail to detect link state changes.
Reviewed by: erj, sbruno
MFC after: 2 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
This is the final step required allowing to compile and to run RISC-V
kernel and userland from HEAD.
RISC-V is a completely open ISA that is freely available to academia
and industry.
Thanks to all the people involved! Special thanks to Andrew Turner,
David Chisnall, Ed Maste, Konstantin Belousov, John Baldwin and
Arun Thomas for their help.
Thanks to Robert Watson for organizing this project.
This project sponsored by UK Higher Education Innovation Fund (HEIF5) and
DARPA CTSRD project at the University of Cambridge Computer Laboratory.
FreeBSD/RISC-V project home: https://wiki.freebsd.org/riscv
Reviewed by: andrew, emaste, kib
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
Sponsored by: HEIF5
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4982
The process is not held since the process_exit hook is called after the
exithold. There is no need to hold the process since the hook will
always see it exiting via the process_exit event.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The NVMe specification does not define a maximum or optimal delete
size, so technically max delete size is min(full size of namespace,
2^32 - 1 LBAs). A single delete operation for a multi-TB NVMe
namespace though may take much longer to complete than the nvme(4)
I/O timeout period. So choose a sensible default here that is still
suitably large to minimize the number of overall delete operations.
This also fixes possible uint32_t overflow on initial TRIM operation
for zpool create operations for NVMe namespaces with >4G LBAs.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
ofw_bus_get_node() must be tested against negative values since
missing parent bus method will result in calling the default method
which simply returns (-1): sys/dev/ofw/ofw_bus_if.m
This was lost in the review process.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Some firmware revisions provide different DTB tree that include
odd MDIO placement in the tree.
This commit adds support for 2 new buses:
- MRML bridge (PCIB subordinate)
- MDIO nexus (MRML subordinate)
This allows for the correct MDIO attachment with both - new and old
firmware.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5070
Search for BGX node in DTS in two ways:
1. Try to find it uder root node first
2. If not found under root, find the top level PCI bridge node
and search all nodes below it until appropriate BGX node is found.
Move search code to another function to make the code more clear.
Remove unused variable by the way.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5066
Use driver settable callbacks for handling of:
- core post reset
- reading actual port speed
Typically, OTG enabled EHCI cores wants setting of USBMODE register,
but this register is not defined in EHCI specification and different
cores can have it on different offset.
Also, for cores with TT extension, actual port speed must be determinable.
But again, EHCI specification not covers this so this patch provides
function for two most common variant of speed bits layout.
Reviewed by: hselasky
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5088
This fixes some cases where a process could exit without being untracked
by filemon.
Reported by: mjg
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
It only prints the header from filemon_ioctl. Keep the name though to stay
closer to other implementations.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
to be 64-bit on 32-bit architectures. It is not uncommon for device trees
to use the upper 32-bits to store what effectively is an index into the
parent ranges property. In this case, when running with a 32-bit bus_addr_t
and bus_size_t, we would previously truncate the address, this may then
incorrectly match the wrong range, and return the wrong address.
Tested by: bz (earlier version)
- Use taskqueue instead of swi for event handling.
- Scan the interrupt flags in filter
- Disable ringbuffer interrupt mask in filter to ensure no unnecessary
interrupts.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe, Dexuan <decui microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4920
Summary:
Migrate to using the semi-opaque type rman_res_t to specify rman resources. For
now, this is still compatible with u_long.
This is step one in migrating rman to use uintmax_t for resources instead of
u_long.
Going forward, this could feasibly be used to specify architecture-specific
definitions of resource ranges, rather than baking a specific integer type into
the API.
This change has been broken out to facilitate MFC'ing drivers back to 10 without
breaking ABI.
Reviewed By: jhb
Sponsored by: Alex Perez/Inertial Computing
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5075
- Start vap(s) (via ieee80211_start_all()) only when initialization
succeeds; stop the first vap otherwise (via ieee80211_stop());
- Do not try to stop a device multiple times
(move (sc->sc_flags & RTWN_RUNNING) check to urtwn_stop_locked()).
Tested by: kevlo
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5058
Added hw.ix.flow_control which enables the default flow_control of all ix
interfaces to be set in loader.conf.
Added hw.ix.advertise_speed which enables the default advertised_speed of
all ix interfaces to be set in loader.conf.
Made enable_aim device independent based on hw.ix.enable_aim default.
Reviewed by: erj
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5060
- Avoid main lock contention by trylock for if_start, if that fails,
schedule TX taskqueue for if_start
- Don't do direct sending if the packet to be sent is large, e.g.
TSO packet.
This change gives me stable 9.1Gbps TCP sending performance w/ TSO
over a 10Gbe directly connected network (the performance fluctuated
between 4Gbps and 9Gbps before this commit). It also improves non-
TSO TCP sending performance a lot.
Reviewed by: adrian, royger
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5074
Currently when the OF_getprop() function returns with error,
the caller (OF_getencprop()) still changes the buffer endiannes.
This may destroy the default value passed in the input buffer if
used on a Little Endian platform.
Reviewed by: mmel
Submitted by: Zbigniew Bodek <zbb@semihalf.com>
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
The page information array could contain up to 32 elements (i.e. 512B).
And on network side w/ TSO, 11+ (176B+) elements, i.e. ~44K TSO packet,
in the page information array is quite common.
This saves us some cpu cycles.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4992
According to all available information, VMSWITCH always does the
TCP segment checksum verification before sending the segment to
guest.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4991
All used fields are setup one by one, so there is no need to zero
out this large struct.
While I'm here, move the stack variable near its usage.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4978
While I'm here, move stack variables near their usage.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4977
- Avoid unnecessary malloc/free on transmission path.
- busdma(9)-fy transmission path.
- Properly handle IFF_DRV_OACTIVE. This should fix the network
stalls reported by many.
- Properly setup TSO parameters.
- Properly handle bpf(4) tapping. This 5 times the performance
during TCP sending test, when there is one bpf(4) attached.
- Allow size of chimney sending be tuned on a running system.
Default value still needs more test to determine.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4972
support frameworks (i.e. regulators/phy/tsensors/fuses...).
It provides simple unified consumers interface for manipulations with
on-chip resets.
Reviewed by: ian, imp (paritaly)
support frameworks(i.e. reset/regulators/phy/tsensors/fuses...).
The clock framework significantly simplifies handling of complex clock
structures found in modern SoCs. It provides the unified consumers
interface, holds and manages actual clock topology, frequency and gating.
It's tested on three different ARM boards (Nvidia Tegra TK1, Inforce 6410 and
Odroid XU2) and on one MIPS board (Creator Ci20) by kan@.
The framework is still far from perfect and probably doesn't have stable
interface yet, but we want to start testing it on more real boards and
different architectures.
Reviewed by: ian, kan (earlier version)
The iWARP Connection Manager (CM) on FreeBSD creates a TCP socket to
represent an iWARP endpoint when the connection is over TCP. For
servers the current approach is to invoke create_listen callback for
each iWARP RNIC registered with the CM. This doesn't work too well for
INADDR_ANY because a listen on any TCP socket already notifies all
hardware TOEs/RNICs of the new listener. This patch fixes the server
side of things for FreeBSD. We've tried to keep all these modifications
in the iWARP/TCP specific parts of the OFED infrastructure as much as
possible.
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju @ Chelsio (with design inputs from Steve Wise)
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4801
When ifconfig sets media then the values displayed by the advertise_speed
value are invalidated.
Fix this by setting the bits correctly including setting advertise to 0 for
media = auto.
Reviewed by: sbruno
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5034
Windows 10 and Window 2016 will return all zero inquiry data for
non-existing slots. If we dispatched them, then a lot of useless
(0 sized) disks would be created. So we verify the returned inquiry
data (valid type, non-empty vendor/product/revision etc.), before
further dispatching.
Minor white space cleanup and wording fix.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Modified by: sephe
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4928
Vmbus event handler will need to find the channel by its relative
id, when software interrupt for event happens. The original lookup
searches the channel list, which is not very efficient. We now
create a table indexed by the channel relative id to speed up
the channel lookup.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: delphij, adrain, sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4802
This teaches the mx25l driver (sys/dev/flash/mx25l.c) to interact with
sys/dev/fdt/fdt_slicer.c and sys/geom/geom_flashmap.c.
This allows systems with SPI flash to benefit from the possibility to define
flash 'slices' via FDT, just the same way that it's currently possible for
CFI and NAND flashes.
Tested:
* Carambola 2, AR9331 + SPI NOR flash
PR: kern/206227
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
use of fdt_fixup_table on PowerPC and ARM. As such we can remove it from
other architectures as it's unneeded.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5013
a) Look for the CPL in the payload buffer instead of the descriptor.
b) Retrieve the socket associated with the tid with the inpcb lock held.
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju @ Chelsio
Redo LC calibration if temperature changed significantly since last
calibration.
Tested with RTL8188EU/RTL8188CUS in STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Obtained from: NetBSD (mostly)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4966
- Use bitmap for debug output selection.
- Add few new messages (one for URTWN_DEBUG_BEACON
and another one for URTWN_DEBUG_INTR).
- Replace an undocumented URTWN_DEBUG definition with USB_DEBUG.
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS in IBSS / HOSTAP modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4959
(by default it was set to 9us).
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS in STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4535
Add support for multiple TX and RX queue pairs. The default number of queues
is set to 4, but can be easily changed from the sysctl node hw.xn.num_queues.
Also heavily refactor netfront driver: break out a bunch of helper
functions and different structures. Use threads to handle TX and RX.
Remove some dead code and fix quite a few bugs as I go along.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Relnotes: Yes
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4193
mv_pci driver omitted slot 0, which can be valid device on Armada38x.
New mechanism detects if device is root link, basing on vendor's
and device's IDs.
It is restricted to Armada38x; on other machines, behaviour remains
the same.
Reviewed by: andrew
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4377
Driver was modified to ensure it attaches properly to "marvell,orion-ehci"
node, which doesn't have error interrupt line defined. Neccessary
ofw_compat_data struct was added and probe procedure was altered.
Reviewed by: andrew, ian
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4369
uart_dev_ns8250 now relies on compatible property instead of additional
'busy-detect' cell. All drivers with compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart" have
busy detection turned on. DTS files of devices affected by the change
were modified and 'busy-detect' property was removed.
Reviewed by: andrew, ian, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4218
This compatibility string is used in .dts file of Armada38x
and isrequired for driver attachment.
Reviewed by: andrew, ian, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Michal Stanek <mst@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4216
Strict compatibility requirement is a root of problems when simplebus'
node has two compatibility strings (i.e. on Armada38x). Removing this
requirement should not interfere with other platforms.
fdt_is_compatible_strict() and fdt_find_compatible() calls were changed
in fdt_common.c and mv_common.c.
Reviewed by: ian, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4602
New annotation coming into use in the common code. Support its use by
adding null macro definitions for non-Windows platforms.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
X-MFC with: r293901
to actually wait until the TX FIFOs of UARTs have be drained before
returning. This is done by bringing the equivalent of the TS_BUSY flag
found in the previous implementation back in an ABI-preserving way.
Reported and tested by: Patrick Powell
Most likely, drivers for USB-serial-adapters likewise incorporating
TX FIFOs as well as other terminal devices that buffer output in some
form should also provide implementations of tsw_busy.
MFC after: 3 days
- Add optimizing LRO wrapper which pre-sorts all incoming packets
according to the hash type and flowid. This prevents exhaustion of
the LRO entries due to too many connections at the same time.
Testing using a larger number of higher bandwidth TCP connections
showed that the incoming ACK packet aggregation rate increased from
~1.3:1 to almost 3:1. Another test showed that for a number of TCP
connections greater than 16 per hardware receive ring, where 8 TCP
connections was the LRO active entry limit, there was a significant
improvement in throughput due to being able to fully aggregate more
than 8 TCP stream. For very few very high bandwidth TCP streams, the
optimizing LRO wrapper will add CPU usage instead of reducing CPU
usage. This is expected. Network drivers which want to use the
optimizing LRO wrapper needs to call "tcp_lro_queue_mbuf()" instead
of "tcp_lro_rx()" and "tcp_lro_flush_all()" instead of
"tcp_lro_flush()". Further the LRO control structure must be
initialized using "tcp_lro_init_args()" passing a non-zero number
into the "lro_mbufs" argument.
- Make LRO statistics 64-bit. Previously 32-bit integers were used for
statistics which can be prone to wrap-around. Fix this while at it
and update all SYSCTL's which expose LRO statistics.
- Ensure all data is freed when destroying a LRO control structures,
especially leftover LRO entries.
- Reduce number of memory allocations needed when setting up a LRO
control structure by precomputing the total amount of memory needed.
- Add own memory allocation counter for LRO.
- Bump the FreeBSD version to force recompilation of all KLDs due to
change of the LRO control structure size.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Reviewed by: gallatin, sbruno, rrs, gnn, transport
Tested by: Netflix
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4914
after changing the HW LRO sysctl when previously in up state.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 5 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4941
Ensure that checksum flags and L3/L4 fields are ignored
if lower level errors are reported in the event.
Remove checks for CRC0_ERR (bad iSCSI header CRC) and
CRC1_ERR (bad iSCSI payload or FCoE/FCoIP CRC) as they
are not used by any existing code.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4975
The dynamic config on Medford is stored using two partitions in flash, and at
any time one is the 'current' partition, used to provide the active config,
and the other 'backup' partition is used for writes. This means that there
are two potential partitions that can be used to service reads, and which is
required can depend on, for example, whether the read is to get the current
contents or to verify a write.
When the partition write lock is held, the default behaviour is to read from
the backup partition, which was wrong for most reads in the common code which
require the current partition. This change allows the current partition to be
read whilst the write lock is held.
There is one read in Manftest which needs the backup partition.
ef10_nvram_partn_read_mode() is created to avoid changing
ef10_nvram_partn_read() which shares a prototype with the equivalent Falcon
and Siena methods.
MC_CMD_NVRAM_READ_IN_V2 adds an extra field, but firmware which doesn't support
it just ignores it.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4974
on FDT/OFW platforms.
After the refactoring of the powerpc code so that OF_decode_addr() is usable
on all FDT/OFW platforms, this switches uart(4) to using it.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4675
tlv_partition_header has field *preset* to support RFID-selectable
segments of dynamic configuration
Submitted by: Mateusz Wrzesinski <mwrzesinski at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
This allows an MTU change to be requested on unpriviliged functions
without also setting all the other parameters supported by MC_CMD_SET_MAC.
The enhanced SET_MAC command was introduced in v4_7 firmware.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4958
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4961
we want to use it.
The rate table was being initialised in low->high, but the link quality
table was being initialised high->low. So, when we did a lookup, we
would get the indexes wrong.
This started by a patch from dragonflybsd which reversed how the ni->in_ridx[]
array is being used; I'd rather it all be consistent. So, this is consistent.
Inspired by: what I did to iwn(4) a while ago
Inspired by: DragonflyBSD; <imre@vdsz.com>
Previously the polarity was for TTL levels, which are the reverse of RS-232.
Also add handling of the UART_PPS_INVERT_PULSE option bit in the sysctl
value, the same as was recently added to uart(4), so that people using TTL
level connections can request a logical inverting of the signal.
Use the named constants from the new dev/uart/uart_ppstypes.h for the pps
capture modes and option bits.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4957
- Add the structure with already known fields offsets
(some of them were taken from this driver,
some (channel_plan, rf_* fields) - from TP-LINK official driver)
- Fix a typo / dehardcode a constant in RTL8192C ROM structure.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4274
Leaving BIST methods for now as, though the Medford bootrom now has lots
of BIST support, production firmware doesn't appear to have been updated
yet.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4949
Not per PF copies as on Huntington.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4935
Some classes of IOAT hardware prefetch reads. DMA operations that
depend on the result of prior DMA operations must use the DMA_FENCE flag
to prevent stale reads.
(E.g., I've hit this personally on Broadwell-EP. The Broadwell-DE has a
different IOAT unit that is documented to not pipeline DMA operations.)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The "mcdi_err_arg" probe still reports results of failed MCDI
commands, unless the caller invoked efx_mcdi_execute_quiet().
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4919
Add support for Huntington MCDI licensing interface to common code.
Ported from Linux net driver IOCTL functions with restructuring for
initial support for V3 licensing API.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4918
Fix an explanatory comment which did not explain very well.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4916
Fix efx_vpd_hunk_next() which has -- since its inception -- failed to
correctly iterate over the tags and keywords contained in the VPD data.
Only the first tag or keyword would be returned and the next call with
*contp == 1 would walk to the end of the data and finish.
This was spotted when fixing up errors spotted by Prefast code analysis
(which neglected to set all of the out parameters in all successful cases)
Also fix efx_vpd_verify() on Siena and EF10 which (as a side effect of
correctly iterating over all the tags and keywords) was failing as it
detected that both the static VPD and dynamic VPD storage contained an
RV keyword in the VPD-R tag. This is intentional as the static VPD and
dynamic VPD are stored separately (firmware merges their contents and
computes a new RV keyword checksum for the data readable from the VPD
capability in PCIe configuration space).
Submitted by: Andrew Lee <alee at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4915
The only value which has changed is the number of rows
(ER_DZ_EVQ_TMR_REG_ROWS is 2048 vs 1024 for FR_BZ_TIMER_COMMAND_REGP0_ROWS)
but that isn't used, so this shouldn't change behaviour.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4913
If the NVSP protocol version is not greater than NVSP_PROTOCOL_VERSION_2,
then the recv buffer size is 15MB, otherwise the buffer size is 16MB.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: royger, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4814
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su gmail com>
Reviewed by: royger, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4693
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: delphij, royger, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4676
We don't need them at all.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Reviewed by: royger, adrian, delphij
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4595
This is first step to move the generic part of HV code into kernel instead
of module, so that it is possible to use hypercall to implement some other
paravirtualization code in the kernel.
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: royger, delphij, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3072
alignment guarantees provided by m_defrag(9), use m_collapse(9)
instead for performance reasons.
While at it, sanitize the statistics softc members, i. e. retire
unused ones and add SYSCTL nodes missing for actually used ones.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4717
MAKEDEV_CHECKNAME flag to the call, this is required to not panic on
race between the clone and destructing the closed master.
Reported by and discussed with: bde
Tested by: pho (as part of the larger patch)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 3 weeks
Pulled firmware_ids.h from firmwaresrc and applied genfwdef script.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4897
The EFSYS_OPT_RX_HDR_SPLIT optional feature in the common code
implemented the Lookahead Split feature of Windows. This split
received packets at a preconfigured byte offset, and delivered
the header and payload portions to separate receive queues.
Now the common code interface has no callers, so remove it.
Note that this should not be confused with the Header Data Split
feature of Windows, which splits packets at a header boundary.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4888
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4880
option to invert the polarity in software. Also add an option to capture
very narrow pulses by using the hardware's MSR delta-bit capability of
latching line state changes.
This effectively reverts the mistake I made in r286595 which was based on
empirical measurements made on hardware using TTL-level signaling, in which
the logic levels are inverted from RS-232. Thus, this re-syncs the polarity
with the requirements of RFC 2783, which is writen in terms of RS-232
signaling.
Narrow-pulse mode uses the ability of most ns8250 and similar chips to
provide a delta indication in the modem status register. The hardware is
able to notice and latch the change when the pulse width is shorter than
interrupt latency, which results in the signal no longer being asserted by
time the interrupt service code runs. When running in this mode we get
notified only that "a pulse happened" so the driver synthesizes both an
ASSERT and a CLEAR event (with the same timestamp for each). When the pulse
width is about equal to the interrupt latency the driver may intermittantly
see both edges of the pulse. To prevent generating spurious events, the
driver implements a half-second lockout period after generating an event
before it will generate another.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4477
Prior to Medford, option ROM config was stored with one partition
per network port. Medford stores option ROM config in a single
partition (as an array of configurations, one per PF).
Update the EFXname /port to MCDI partition mapping for this.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4885
Make error messages consistent, and remove redundant checks.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4884
This API has been replaced by efx_mac_multicast_list_set()
and has no callers.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4883
New filters types may be added, but the same machinery should be able to
handle them.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4881
These bigs are changed on Medford.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4876
The pktfilter module has been obsolete for some time, as
it was replaced by newer features in filter module. With
the removal of the storport driver, this module has no
users and can be removed.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4875
Some new partitions have been added, but they shouldn't need to be
handled any differently.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4873
Rename all except hunt_tx_qdesc_tso_create(), which creates a
fw-assisted TSO v1 descriptor which isn't supported on Medford.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4870
All of these apply to both Huntington and Medford.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4868
This should allow these functions to work for Medford as well.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4866
All these fields will be used in shared ef10 code, so put them in an
ef10 member of a per-architecture union, rather that in the per-chip
union.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4865
Creating some files together to do the build system changes in one go.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4859
This one mainly avoids mbuf cluster allocation for TCP ACKs during
TCP sending tests. And it gives me ~200Mbps improvement (4.7Gbps
-> 4.9Gbps), when running iperf3 TCP sending test w/ 16 connections.
While I'm here, nuke the unnecessary zeroing out pkthdr.csum_flags.
Reviewed by: adrain
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4853
Many applications and kernel modules (e.g. bridge) rely on the ifmedia
status report; give them what they want.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Jun Su <junsu microsoftc com>, me, adrian
Modified by: me (minor)
Original differential: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4611
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4852
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
- Implement the LRO using tcp_lro APIs, and LRO is enabled by default.
- Add several stats sysctl nodes.
- Check IP/TCP length before sending the packet to tcp_lro_rx(), if host
does not provide RX csum information (*); and add an option through
sysctl to always trust host TCP segment csum checks (default is off).
- Add sysctl to control the LRO entry depth; it is disabled by default.
It is used to avoid holding too much TCP segments in driver. Limiting
the LRO entry depth helps a lot in a one/two streams RX test.
This one 3x the RX performance on my local test (3Gbps -> 10Gbps), and
~2x the RX performance over a directly connected 40Ge network (5Gbps ->
9Gbps).
(*) It seems the host stops supplying csum information, once the network
load is high. This still needs investigation...
Reviewed by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>,
Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>,
Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>,
delphij
Tested by: me (local),
Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
(directly connected 40Ge)
Approved by: delphij (mentor), adrian (mentor, no objection)
With feedback from: delphij, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4824
This will allow to restore channel list after switching interface
to more restrictive regdomain.
Tested with Intel 3945BG (wpi) only.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4863
by busdma to the blkfront driver must be an integer number of sectors,
and must be aligned in memory on a "sector" boundary.
Having these assertions yesterday would have made finding the bug fixed
in r293698 somewhat easier.
Ensure that all iSCSI sessions are correctly terminated during shutdown.
* Enhances the changes done by r286226 (D3052).
* Add shutdown post sync event to run after filesystem shutdown
(SHUTDOWN_PRI_FIRST) but before CAM shutdown (SHUTDOWN_PRI_DEFAULT).
* Changes iscsi_maintenance_thread to processes terminate in preference to
reconnect.
Reviewed by: trasz
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4429
- Add a description of Advantech PCI-1602 Rev. A boards. [1]
- Properly set up REG_ACR also for PCI-1602 Rev. A based on what the
Advantech-supplied Linux driver does.
- Additionally use the macros of <dev/ic/ns16550.h> to replace existing
magic values and get rid of trivial comments.
- Fix the style of some comments.
PR: 205359 [1]
Submitted by: Jan Mikkelsen (original patch) [1]
up to now.
The new sendfile is the code that Netflix uses to send their multiple tens
of gigabits of data per second. The new implementation features asynchronous
I/O, when I/O operations are launched, but not awaited to be complete. An
explanation of why such behavior is beneficial compared to old one is
going to be too long for a commit message, so we will skip it here.
Additional features of new syscall are extra flags, which provide an
application more control over data sent. The SF_NOCACHE flag tells
kernel that data shouldn't be cached after it was sent. The SF_READAHEAD()
macro allows to specify readahead size in pages.
The new syscalls is a drop in replacement. No modifications are required
to applications. One can take nginx binary for stable/10 and run it
successfully on head. Although SF_NODISKIO lost its original sense, as now
sendfile doesn't block, and now means something completely different (tm),
using the new sendfile the old way is absolutely safe.
Celebrates: Netflix global launch!
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Relnotes: yes
ioat_acquire_reserve() is an extended version of ioat_acquire(). It
allows users to reserve space in the channel for some number of
descriptors. If this succeeds, it guarantees that at least submission
of N valid descriptors will succeed.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Due to FreeBSD system-wide limits on number of MSI-X vectors
(https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=199321),
it may be desirable to allocate fewer than the maximum number
of vectors for an NVMe device, in order to save vectors for
other devices (usually Ethernet) that can take better
advantage of them and may be probed after NVMe.
This tunable is expressed in terms of minimum number of CPUs
per I/O queue instead of max number of queues per controller,
to allow for a more even distribution of CPUs per queue. This
avoids cases where some number of CPUs have a dedicated queue,
but other CPUs need to share queues. Ideally the PR referenced
above will eventually be fixed and the mechanism implemented
here becomes obsolete anyways.
While here, fix a bug in the CPUs per I/O queue calculation to
properly account for the admin queue's MSI-X vector.
Reviewed by: gallatin
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This helps immensily with our ability to operate in the Amazon Cloud.
Discussed on Intel Networking Community call this morning.
Submitted by: Jarrod Petz(petz@nisshoko.net)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4788
the system is booted and running.
Add PHY detection logic to ixgbe_handle_mod() and add locking to
ixgbe_handle_msf() as well.
PR: 150251
Submitted by: aboyer@averesystems.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3188
e1000/e1000e split in linux.
Split rxbuffer and txbuffer apart to support the new RX descriptor format
structures. Move rxbuffer manipulation to em_setup_rxdesc() to unify the
new behavior changes.
Add a RSSKEYLEN macro for help in generating the RSSKEY data structures
in the card.
Change em_receive_checksum() to process the new rxdescriptor format
status bit.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3447
Previously nvme(4) would revert to a signle I/O queue if it could not
allocate enought interrupt vectors or NVMe submission/completion queues
to have one I/O queue per core. This patch determines how to utilize a
smaller number of available interrupt vectors, and assigns (as closely
as possible) an equal number of cores to each associated I/O queue.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
Instead just use num_io_queues to make this determination.
This prepares for some future changes enabling use of multiple
queues when we do not have enough queues or MSI-X vectors
for one queue per CPU.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This significantly improves parallelism in the most common case.
The taskqueue is still used whenever BIO_ORDERED bios are in flight.
This patch is based heavily on a patch from gallatin@.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This ensures the bio flags are not read after biodone().
The ordering will still be enforced, after the bio is
submitted successfully.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
Still wait until all in-flight bios (including the ordered bio)
complete before processing more bios from the queue.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
and t_maxseg. This dualism emerged with T/TCP, but was not properly cleaned
up after T/TCP removal. After all permutations over the years the result is
that t_maxopd stores a minimum of peer offered MSS and MTU reduced by minimum
protocol header. And t_maxseg stores (t_maxopd - TCPOLEN_TSTAMP_APPA) if
timestamps are in action, or is equal to t_maxopd otherwise. That's a very
rough estimate of MSS reduced by options length. Throughout the code it
was used in places, where preciseness was not important, like cwnd or
ssthresh calculations.
With this change:
- t_maxopd goes away.
- t_maxseg now stores MSS not adjusted by options.
- new function tcp_maxseg() is provided, that calculates MSS reduced by
options length. The functions gives a better estimate, since it takes
into account SACK state as well.
Reviewed by: jtl
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3593
This optimization is not proper (and causes kernel panic),
since driver checks fw_status to optimize away parsing stage
if it was already done.
Reported by: dchagin
It was returning a pointer to stack-allocated memory, so make the
allocation at the caller instead.
Found by: clang static analyzer
Coverity: CID 1245774
Reviewed by: ed, rpaulo
Review URL: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4740
The fd is closed later in this case. This fixes a "SS_NOFDREF on enter"
panic.
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju @ Chelsio
Reviewed by: Steve Wise @ Open Grid Computing
- Separate 'firmware_put(sc->fw_fp, FIRMWARE_UNLOAD); sc->fw_fp = NULL;'
into iwn_unload_firmware().
- Move error handling to the end of iwn_read_firmware().
No functional changes.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4768
iwn(4) / wpi(4) works in the same way
(read_firmware() -> hw_init() -> firmware_put())
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4766
- Simplify defragmentation code.
- Use proper number of dma segments for data.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD (mostly)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4754
stable/10 doesn't have the if_getdrvflags(9) KPI. Reference the field in the
structure directly if the __FreeBSD_version is < 1100022, so the driver can
be built with PCI_IOV support on stable/10, without backporting all of
r266974 (which requires additional changes due to projects/ifnet, etc)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4759
Reviewed by: erj, sbruno
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
These are going to be much more efficient on low end embedded systems
but unfortunately they make it .. less convenient to implement correct
bus barriers and debugging. They also didn't implement the register
serialisation workaround required for Owl (AR5416.)
So, just remove them for now. Later on I'll just inline the routines
from ah_osdep.c.
- Change order of data in if_iwmvar.h
(like it is in other drivers: defines, data structures,
vap/node structures, softc struct and locks); use indentation.
- Fix IWM_LOCK(_sc) / IWM_UNLOCK(_sc) macro.
- Add IWM_LOCK_INIT / DESTROY(sc) + fix mtx_init() usage.
- Wrap iwm_node casts into IWM_NODE() macro.
- Drop some fields:
* wt_hwqueue from Tx radiotap header;
* macaddr[6] from iwm_vap;
Approved by: adrian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4753
tree parsing opt-out rather than opt-in. All FDT-based systems as well as
PowerPC systems with real Open Firmware use the CHRP-derived binding that
includes it, which makes SPARC the odd man out here. Making it opt-out
avoids astonishment on new platform bring up.
The ath hal and driver code all assume the world is an x86 or the
bus layer does an explicit bus flush after each operation (eg netbsd.)
However, we don't do that.
So, to be "correct" on platforms like sparc64, mips and ppc (and maybe
ARM, I am not sure), just do explicit barriers after each operation.
Now, this does slow things down a tad on embedded platforms but I'd
rather things be "correct" versus "fast." At some later point if someone
wishes it to be fast then we should add the barrier calls to the HAL and
driver.
Tested:
* carambola 2 (AR9331.)
rounding) has better spread. Implement fp16_sin() to go along with
fp16_cos(). In the rendering loop, switch from addition to subtraction
so the center of the pattern will be a trough rather than a peak. This
is completely arbitrary, of course, but looks better to me.
This is a port from openbsd. It's incomplete and unstable, but it's better
than nothing. I have no plans to MFC this until it's complete and stable.
Submitted by: kevlo
Add if_requestencap() interface method which is capable of calculating
various link headers for given interface. Right now there is support
for INET/INET6/ARP llheader calculation (IFENCAP_LL type request).
Other types are planned to support more complex calculation
(L2 multipath lagg nexthops, tunnel encap nexthops, etc..).
Reshape 'struct route' to be able to pass additional data (with is length)
to prepend to mbuf.
These two changes permits routing code to pass pre-calculated nexthop data
(like L2 header for route w/gateway) down to the stack eliminating the
need for other lookups. It also brings us closer to more complex scenarios
like transparently handling MPLS nexthops and tunnel interfaces.
Last, but not least, it removes layering violation introduced by flowtable
code (ro_lle) and simplifies handling of existing if_output consumers.
ARP/ND changes:
Make arp/ndp stack pre-calculate link header upon installing/updating lle
record. Interface link address change are handled by re-calculating
headers for all lles based on if_lladdr event. After these changes,
arpresolve()/nd6_resolve() returns full pre-calculated header for
supported interfaces thus simplifying if_output().
Move these lookups to separate ether_resolve_addr() function which ether
returs error or fully-prepared link header. Add <arp|nd6_>resolve_addr()
compat versions to return link addresses instead of pre-calculated data.
BPF changes:
Raw bpf writes occupied _two_ cases: AF_UNSPEC and pseudo_AF_HDRCMPLT.
Despite the naming, both of there have ther header "complete". The only
difference is that interface source mac has to be filled by OS for
AF_UNSPEC (controlled via BIOCGHDRCMPLT). This logic has to stay inside
BPF and not pollute if_output() routines. Convert BPF to pass prepend data
via new 'struct route' mechanism. Note that it does not change
non-optimized if_output(): ro_prepend handling is purely optional.
Side note: hackish pseudo_AF_HDRCMPLT is supported for ethernet and FDDI.
It is not needed for ethernet anymore. The only remaining FDDI user is
dev/pdq mostly untouched since 2007. FDDI support was eliminated from
OpenBSD in 2013 (sys/net/if_fddisubr.c rev 1.65).
Flowtable changes:
Flowtable violates layering by saving (and not correctly managing)
rtes/lles. Instead of passing lle pointer, pass pointer to pre-calculated
header data from that lle.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4102
We'll remove the per-channel control_work_queue because it can't properly
do serialization of message handling, e.g., when there are 2 NIC devices,
vmbus_channel_on_offer() -> hv_queue_work_item() has a race condition:
for an SMP VM, vmbus_channel_process_offer() can run concurrently on
different CPUs and if the second NIC's
vmbus_channel_process_offer() -> hv_vmbus_child_device_register() runs
first, the second NIC's name will be hn0 and the first NIC's name will
be hn1!
We can fix the race condition by removing the per-channel control_work_queue
and run all the message handlers in the global
hv_vmbus_g_connection.work_queue -- we'll do this in the next patch.
With the coming next patch, we have to run the non-blocking handlers
directly in the kernel thread vmbus_msg_swintr(), because the special
handling of sub-channel: when a sub-channel (e.g., of the storvsc driver)
is received and being handled in vmbus_channel_on_offer() running on the
global hv_vmbus_g_connection.work_queue, vmbus_channel_process_offer()
invokes channel->sc_creation_callback, i.e., storvsc_handle_sc_creation,
and the callback will invoke hv_vmbus_channel_open() -> hv_vmbus_post_message
and expect a further reply from the host, but the handling of the further
messag can't be done because the current message's handling hasn't finished
yet; as result, hv_vmbus_channel_open() -> sema_timedwait() will time out
and th device can't work.
Also renamed the handler type from hv_pfn_channel_msg_handler to
vmbus_msg_handler: the 'pfn' and 'channel' in the old name make no sense.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: royger
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4596
Now vmbus_channel_on_offer() -> vmbus_channel_process_offer() can
safely run on the global hv_vmbus_g_connection.work_queue now.
We remove the per-channel control_work_queue to achieve the proper
serialization of the message handling.
I removed the bogus TODO in vmbus_channel_on_offer(): a vmbus offer
can only come from the parent partition, i.e., the host.
PR: kern/205156
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Howard Su <howard0su gmail com>, delphij
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4597
coalescing and zipping multiple CQEs into a single merged CQE. The
feature is enabled by default and can be disabled by a sysctl.
Implementing this feature mlx5_cqwq_pop() has been separated from
mlx5e_get_cqe().
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4598
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
cperciva's libmd implementation is 5-30% faster
The same was done for SHA256 previously in r263218
cperciva's implementation was lacking SHA-384 which I implemented, validated against OpenSSL and the NIST documentation
Extend sbin/md5 to create sha384(1)
Chase dependancies on sys/crypto/sha2/sha2.{c,h} and replace them with sha512{c.c,.h}
Reviewed by: cperciva, des, delphij
Approved by: secteam, bapt (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: ScaleEngine Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3929
This space does not require DMA syncing. It reduces lock scope of the DMA
scratch space. It allows whole DMA scratch space to be used to I/O, so now
we can fetch up to ~1000 ports from SNS.
Due to the last fact, increase maximal number of ports from 256 to 1024.
IEEE 802.3 Clause 45 added backwards-compatible support for 2^16 PHY registers
through the addition of an additional device address frame.
Clause 45 addressing is used in 10Gbe PHYs, 802.3az EEE registers, etc. It may
make sense to provide a similar extension to the miibus interface, but I've
refrained from unilaterally doing so here.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landon@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4607
cards supported by cxgbe(4).
On the host side this driver interfaces with the storage stack via the
ICL (iSCSI Common Layer) in the kernel. On the wire the traffic is
standard iSCSI (SCSI over TCP as per RFC 3720/7143 etc.) that
interoperates with all other standards compliant implementations. The
driver is layered on top of the TOE driver (t4_tom) and promotes
connections being handled by t4_tom to iSCSI ULP (Upper Layer Protocol)
mode. Hardware assistance in this mode includes:
- Full TCP processing.
- iSCSI PDU identification and recovery within the TCP stream.
- Header and/or data digest insertion (tx) and verification (rx).
- Zero copy (both tx and rx).
Man page will follow in a separate commit in a couple of weeks.
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Before this change virtual ports control IOCBs were executed synchronously
via Execute IOCB mailbox command. It required exclusive use of scratch
space of driver and mailbox registers of the hardware. Because of that
shared resources use this code could not really sleep, having to spin for
completion, blocking any other operation.
This change introduces new asynchronous design, sending the IOCBs directly
on request queue and gracefully waiting for their return on response queue.
Returned IOCBs are identified with unified handle space from r292725.
The mdio driver interface is generally useful for devices that require
MDIO without the full MII bus interface. This lifts the driver/interface
out of etherswitch(4), and adds a mdio(4) man page.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landon@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4606
I am not sure why this was split long ago, but I see no reason for it.
At this point this unification just slightly reduces memory usage, but
as next step I plan to reuse shared handle space for other IOCB types.
This is a work in progress; bringing the interface down stops further
use. It only happens on RT5350/MT7620.
This is based on work by Alexander A. Mityaev <sansan@adm.ua>.
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <galabov@gmail.com>
available. As with MSI interrupts these can be disabled by setting
hw.usb.xhci.msix to 0 in the loader.
MSI-X interrupts are needed on some hardware, for example the Cavium
ThunderX only supports them, and with this we don't fall back to polling.
PR: 204378
Reviewed by: hselasky, jhb
MFC after: 1 week (after r292669)
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4698
r291227:
s/is->is_conn/ic to shorten things a bit.
r291228:
Do not generate PDUs with payload greater than max_data_segment_length.
It is perhaps preferable to have a separate limit for send instead of
reusing the receive limit. I'll discuss with trasz@ and mav@ before
pulling this into head.
r292618:
Add comment to go with r291228.
Add support for two new devices: X552 SFP+ 10 GbE, and the single port
version of X550T.
Submitted by: erj
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4186
in igb and fix a wrap-around bug.
Reviewed by: hiren
Obtained from: Jason (j@nitrology.com)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: LimeLight Networks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4039
While here, explicitly note the requirement that the BAR(s) must be
allocated prior to calling pci_alloc_msix().
Reviewed by: andrew, emaste
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4688
greater than len_on_bd, before invoking the routine to handle jumbo over SGL
(bxe_service_rxsgl()).
Add counters for number of jumbo_over_SGL packets (rx_bxe_service_rxsgl) and
erroneous jumbo_over_SGL packets (rx_erroneous_jumbo_sge_pkts)
Fix formatting in bxe_sysctl_state()
MFC after:5 days
is not pci (and thus where, ironically, the whole situation is meaningless).
This was not an error in the original code, it was introduced during my
refactoring to commonize the routine. A small change a few lines above
drove the need to make this change, and the error didn't show up on the
platforms I initially tested with.
It appears that all platforms except aarch64 are getting the file via
various header pollution, and ensuring _bus.h is included before any
openfirmware headers in every consumer of ofw/fdt stuff seems like more of
a career path than a task, so I'm taking this easy way out.
into a new function that other platforms can share.
This creates a new ofw_reg_to_paddr() function (in a new ofw_subr.c file)
that contains most of the existing ppc implementation, mostly unchanged.
The ppc code now calls the new MI code from the MD code, then creates a
ppc-specific bus_space mapping from the results. The new arm implementation
does the same in an arm-specific way.
This also moves the declaration of OF_decode_addr() from ofw_machdep.h to
openfirm.h, except on sparc64 which uses a different function signature.
This will help all FDT platforms to set up early console access using
OF_decode_addr().
address and use this mechanism when:
1. kmem_alloc_{attr,contig}() can't find suitable free pages in the physical
memory allocator's free page lists. This replaces the long-standing
approach of scanning the inactive and inactive queues, converting clean
pages into PG_CACHED pages and laundering dirty pages. In contrast, the
new mechanism does not use PG_CACHED pages nor does it trigger a large
number of I/O operations.
2. on 32-bit MIPS processors, uma_small_alloc() and the pmap can't find
free pages in the physical memory allocator's free page lists that are
covered by the direct map. Tested by: adrian
3. ttm_bo_global_init() and ttm_vm_page_alloc_dma32() can't find suitable
free pages in the physical memory allocator's free page lists.
In the coming months, I expect that this new mechanism will be applied in
other places. For example, balloon drivers should use relocation to
minimize fragmentation of the guest physical address space.
Make vm_phys_alloc_contig() a little smarter (and more efficient in some
cases). Specifically, use vm_phys_segs[] earlier to avoid scanning free
page lists that can't possibly contain suitable pages.
Reviewed by: kib, markj
Glanced at: jhb
Discussed with: jeff
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4444
Different revisions support different operations. Refer to Intel
External Design Specifications to figure out what your hardware
supports.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
instead of GMBUS access for I2C transfers. The GMBUS driver falls back
to this mode when a transfer times out. However, the first transfer to
timeout was sending the request back to itself resulting in an panic due
to recursing on a lock. Fix it to forward the request on to the proper
device. This appears to have been accidentally changed in r277487.
Reported by: Joe Maloney <jmaloney@pcbsd.org>
Reviewed by: adrian, dumbbell, imp
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4599
the #address-cells property set. For this we need to read more data before
the parent interrupt description.
this is only enabled on arm64 for now as it's not quite compliant with the
ePAPR spec. We should use a default of 2 where the #address-cells property
is missing, however this will need further testing across architectures.
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: SoftIron Inc
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4518
o With new KPI consumers can request contiguous ranges of pages, and
unlike before, all pages will be kept busied on return, like it was
done before with the 'reqpage' only. Now the reqpage goes away. With
new interface it is easier to implement code protected from race
conditions.
Such arrayed requests for now should be preceeded by a call to
vm_pager_haspage() to make sure that request is possible. This
could be improved later, making vm_pager_haspage() obsolete.
Strenghtening the promises on the business of the array of pages
allows us to remove such hacks as swp_pager_free_nrpage() and
vm_pager_free_nonreq().
o New KPI accepts two integer pointers that may optionally point at
values for read ahead and read behind, that a pager may do, if it
can. These pages are completely owned by pager, and not controlled
by the caller.
This shifts the UFS-specific readahead logic from vm_fault.c, which
should be file system agnostic, into vnode_pager.c. It also removes
one VOP_BMAP() request per hard fault.
Discussed with: kib, alc, jeff, scottl
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Without the patch, there is a race condition: when poll() is invoked(),
if kvp_globals.daemon_busy is false, the daemon won't be timely
woke up, because hv_kvp_send_msg_to_daemon() can't wake up the daemon
in this case.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Reviewed by: delphij, royger
MFC after: 3 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4258
The new flag, -c <period>, sets the interrupt coalescing period in
microseconds through the new ioat(4) API ioat_set_interrupt_coalesce().
Also add a -z flag to zero ioat statistics before tests, to make it easy
to measure results.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
In I/OAT, this is done through the INTRDELAY register. On supported
platforms, this register can coalesce interrupts in a set period to
avoid excessive interrupt load for small descriptor workflows. The
period is configurable anywhere from 1 microsecond to 16.38
milliseconds, in microsecond granularity.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Tested with RTL8188EU and RTL8188CUS in STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4523
sys/dev/mpr/mpr_sas_lsi.c
sys/dev/mps/mps_sas_lsi.c
When mp[rs]sas_get_sata_identify returns
MPI2_IOCSTATUS_SCSI_PROTOCOL_ERROR, don't bother retrying. Protocol
errors aren't likely to be fixed by sleeping.
Without this change, a system that generated may protocol errors due
to signal integrity issues was taking more than an hour to boot, due
to all the retries.
Reviewed by: slm
MFC after: 4 weeks
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4553
* Use the interrupt-map property to route interrupts
* Remove the IRQ rman, it's now unneeded
* Support MSI/MSI-X interrupts
With this I'm able to use the two NICs I've tested (em and msk), however
while I can boot with an AHCI devie attached it fails when any drives are
connected.
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: SoftIron Inc
Currently, in case when npkts >= 2, RSSI and Rx radiotap fields
will be overridden by the next packet. As a result, every packet
from this chain will use the same RSSI / radiotap data.
After this change, RSSI and radiotap structure will be filled
for every frame right before ieee80211_input() call.
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS, STA and MONITOR modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4487
absolute position. This seems to be correlated with only removing a single
finger. To work around this report no movement on from the first packet
when the user exits scrolling.
An implementation from rum(4) was used (it looks simpler for me).
Will be used for h/w encryption support.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4447
- Add IEEE80211_GET_SLOTTIME(ic) macro.
- Use predefined macroses to set slot time.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4044
Strictly speaking, missing devinfo is error which can be caused
by instantiating child using device_add_child() instead of
BUS_ADD_CHILD(). However, we can tolerate it.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
By using this functions, we can parse a list of tuples, each of them holds
xref and variable number of values.
This kind of list is used in DT for clocks, gpios, resets ...
Discussed with: ian, nwhitehorn
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4316
requests which page alignment + size is greater than MAXPHYS. Right
now md(4) over vnode would use the physical buffer of the size MAXPHYS
to map a data of size MAXPHYS + page offset of the user buffer. This
typically corrupts next pbuf, or, if the pbuf used was the last pbuf
in the map, the next page after the pbuf's map.
Split request up to the size of io which fits into pbuf KVA with
alignment, and retry if a part of the bio is left unprocessed.
Reported by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de>
Tested by: Fabian Keil, pho
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
It is a part of MCDI rework to share more code among NIC families.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4481
tables. Some drivers needed some slight re-arrangement of declarations
to accommodate this. Change the USB pnp tables slightly to allow
better compatibility with the system by moving linux driver info from
start of each entry to the end. All other PNP tables in the system
have the per-device flags and such at the end of the elements rather
that at the beginning.
Differential Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3458
block. Use it in all the PNP drivers to export either the current PNP
table. For uart, create a custom table and export it using
MODULE_PNP_INFO since it's the only one that matches on function
number.
Differential Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3461
Intel NVMe controllers have a slow path for I/Os that span a 128KB stripe boundary but ZFS limits ashift, which is derived from d_stripesize, to 13 (8KB) so we limit the stripesize reported to geom(8) to 4KB.
This may result in a small number of additional I/Os to require splitting in nvme(4), however the NVMe I/O path is very efficient so these additional I/Os will cause very minimal (if any) difference in performance or CPU utilisation.
This can be controller by the new sysctl kern.nvme.max_optimal_sectorsize.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4446
IAP_F_FM's as well as incorrect umask specifications for
some of the new Broadwell/Skylake PMC's. Also silvermont
had a *lot* of missing IAP_F_FM.
Sponsored by: Netflix Inc.
To reduce code duplication in common code, consolidate similar privilege
check functions.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4480
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4455
The hardware supports descriptors with two non-contiguous pages. This
allows issuing one descriptor for an 8k copy from/to non-contiguous but
otherwise page-aligned memory.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Update of common code to provide a query on the MAC_SPOOFING_TX and
CHANGE_MAC privileges instead of the deprecated MAC_SPOOFING privilege.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4436
from 1500 to 1496 bytes. The MTU should remain at 1500, extending the
frame size as per IEEE 802.3. Adding IFCAP_VLAN_MTU to the
if_capabilities field in the smsc driver solves the problem. The
datasheet for the LAN9512 chip, section 3.2.3 states that the chip
supports the extended frame.
Submitted by: rpp@ci.com.au
MFC after: 1 week
PR: 205050
include the following list of changes:
- Added eswitch ACL table management
Introduce API for managing ACL table.
This API include the following features:
1) vlan filter - for VST/VGT+ support.
2) spoofcheck.
3) robust functionality to allow/drop general untagged/tagged traffic.
4) support for both ingress and egress ACL types.
- Added loopback filter to the vacl table.
- Added multicast list set in the vPort context
- Added promiscuous mode set in the vPort context
- Set the vlan list in vPort context
1) Check caps if VLAN list is not longer than FW supports
2) Set MODIFY_NIC_VPORT_CONTEXT command
- Changed MLX5_EEPROM_MAX_BYTES from 48 to 32 so that a single EEPROM
reading cannot cross the 128-byte boundary. Previously reading the
MCIA register was done in batches of 48 bytes. The third reading
would then by-pass the 127th byte, which means that part of the low
page and part of the high page would be read at the same time, which
created a bug:
1st: 0-47 bytes
2nd: 48-95 bytes
3rd: 96-143 bytes
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4411
driver. This includes binding all interrupt and worker threads
according to the RSS configuration, setting up correct Toeplitz
hashing keys as given by RSS and setting the correct mbuf
hashtype for all received traffic.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4410
completion events can be moderated in the same way like RX completion
events. Expose this functionality by a sysctl variable.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4409
Set the port MTU and then query it and report if any problems instead.
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4408
TLV routines use 'uint8_t *', NVRAM code uses caddr_t. Just cast to
required type to fix the warning.
Required to build with -Werror=pointer-signg.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4391
The header is not present on FreeBSD, but exists on OmniOS where sfxge
common code is used as well.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4390
It is better do not mix TxQ creation and receive event flags since only
checksum flags are applicable to TxQ.
Also it will allow to add a new TxQ creation specific flags.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4389
When writing the MUM firmware the chunk size must be equal to the erase
size.
Submitted by: Laurence Evans <levans at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4388
Use flag on vadapter alloc when reported as a supported capability.
Use the slow device reset only when the capability is missing.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4387
iscsi's shutdown_pre_sync prio was SHUTDOWN_PRI_FIRST which caused it to
run before other high priority handlers such as filesystems e.g. ZFS.
This meant the iscsi sessions where removed before the ZFS geom consumer
was closed, resulting in a panic from g_access calls on debug kernels
due to negative acr.
Instead use the same as the old iscsi_initiator SHUTDOWN_PRI_DEFAULT-1
which allows it to run before dashutdown etc but after filesystems.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
The erase size is reported by the nvram info command.
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4386
- Restore R92C_TXDW4_HWSEQ_EN bit - it is used by non-8188EU chips.
- Fix DRVRATE bit usage.
Tested with:
- RTL8188EU, STA mode.
- RTL8188CUS, STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4352
Required to build with -Werror=unused-but-set-variable.
Keep it under #if 0 as a reminder for parse error processing.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
The SFL9122 "Huntington" controller was never built.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Submitted by: Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4355
If, for example, a VF is configured to use a 1500 byte MTU, but the port
it is attached to is set to 9000 bytes, overlength frames can be received
by the VF. As Huntington scatters by default, these overlength packets
would be scattered across several descriptors, with all except the last
having the CONT bit set.
To avoid this, disable scatter when creating RXQs if the firmware
supports doing so, which all recent versions do. Then we only get
a single descriptor from an overlength frame. This will have the CONT
bit set to indicate it was truncated, so we can discard it.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4354
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4353
camdd(8) utility.
CCBs may be queued to the driver via the new CAMIOQUEUE ioctl, and
completed CCBs may be retrieved via the CAMIOGET ioctl. User
processes can use poll(2) or kevent(2) to get notification when
I/O has completed.
While the existing CAMIOCOMMAND blocking ioctl interface only
supports user virtual data pointers in a CCB (generally only
one per CCB), the new CAMIOQUEUE ioctl supports user virtual and
physical address pointers, as well as user virtual and physical
scatter/gather lists. This allows user applications to have more
flexibility in their data handling operations.
Kernel memory for data transferred via the queued interface is
allocated from the zone allocator in MAXPHYS sized chunks, and user
data is copied in and out. This is likely faster than the
vmapbuf()/vunmapbuf() method used by the CAMIOCOMMAND ioctl in
configurations with many processors (there are more TLB shootdowns
caused by the mapping/unmapping operation) but may not be as fast
as running with unmapped I/O.
The new memory handling model for user requests also allows
applications to send CCBs with request sizes that are larger than
MAXPHYS. The pass(4) driver now limits queued requests to the I/O
size listed by the SIM driver in the maxio field in the Path
Inquiry (XPT_PATH_INQ) CCB.
There are some things things would be good to add:
1. Come up with a way to do unmapped I/O on multiple buffers.
Currently the unmapped I/O interface operates on a struct bio,
which includes only one address and length. It would be nice
to be able to send an unmapped scatter/gather list down to
busdma. This would allow eliminating the copy we currently do
for data.
2. Add an ioctl to list currently outstanding CCBs in the various
queues.
3. Add an ioctl to cancel a request, or use the XPT_ABORT CCB to do
that.
4. Test physical address support. Virtual pointers and scatter
gather lists have been tested, but I have not yet tested
physical addresses or scatter/gather lists.
5. Investigate multiple queue support. At the moment there is one
queue of commands per pass(4) device. If multiple processes
open the device, they will submit I/O into the same queue and
get events for the same completions. This is probably the right
model for most applications, but it is something that could be
changed later on.
Also, add a new utility, camdd(8) that uses the asynchronous pass(4)
driver interface.
This utility is intended to be a basic data transfer/copy utility,
a simple benchmark utility, and an example of how to use the
asynchronous pass(4) interface.
It can copy data to and from pass(4) devices using any target queue
depth, starting offset and blocksize for the input and ouptut devices.
It currently only supports SCSI devices, but could be easily extended
to support ATA devices.
It can also copy data to and from regular files, block devices, tape
devices, pipes, stdin, and stdout. It does not support queueing
multiple commands to any of those targets, since it uses the standard
read(2)/write(2)/writev(2)/readv(2) system calls.
The I/O is done by two threads, one for the reader and one for the
writer. The reader thread sends completed read requests to the
writer thread in strictly sequential order, even if they complete
out of order. That could be modified later on for random I/O patterns
or slightly out of order I/O.
camdd(8) uses kqueue(2)/kevent(2) to get I/O completion events from
the pass(4) driver and also to send request notifications internally.
For pass(4) devcies, camdd(8) uses a single buffer (CAM_DATA_VADDR)
per CAM CCB on the reading side, and a scatter/gather list
(CAM_DATA_SG) on the writing side. In addition to testing both
interfaces, this makes any potential reblocking of I/O easier. No
data is copied between the reader and the writer, but rather the
reader's buffers are split into multiple I/O requests or combined
into a single I/O request depending on the input and output blocksize.
For the file I/O path, camdd(8) also uses a single buffer (read(2),
write(2), pread(2) or pwrite(2)) on reads, and a scatter/gather list
(readv(2), writev(2), preadv(2), pwritev(2)) on writes.
Things that would be nice to do for camdd(8) eventually:
1. Add support for I/O pattern generation. Patterns like all
zeros, all ones, LBA-based patterns, random patterns, etc. Right
Now you can always use /dev/zero, /dev/random, etc.
2. Add support for a "sink" mode, so we do only reads with no
writes. Right now, you can use /dev/null.
3. Add support for automatic queue depth probing, so that we can
figure out the right queue depth on the input and output side
for maximum throughput. At the moment it defaults to 6.
4. Add support for SATA device passthrough I/O.
5. Add support for random LBAs and/or lengths on the input and
output sides.
6. Track average per-I/O latency and busy time. The busy time
and latency could also feed in to the automatic queue depth
determination.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_pass.h:
Define two new ioctls, CAMIOQUEUE and CAMIOGET, that queue
and fetch asynchronous CAM CCBs respectively.
Although these ioctls do not have a declared argument, they
both take a union ccb pointer. If we declare a size here,
the ioctl code in sys/kern/sys_generic.c will malloc and free
a buffer for either the CCB or the CCB pointer (depending on
how it is declared). Since we have to keep a copy of the
CCB (which is fairly large) anyway, having the ioctl malloc
and free a CCB for each call is wasteful.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_pass.c:
Add asynchronous CCB support.
Add two new ioctls, CAMIOQUEUE and CAMIOGET.
CAMIOQUEUE adds a CCB to the incoming queue. The CCB is
executed immediately (and moved to the active queue) if it
is an immediate CCB, but otherwise it will be executed
in passstart() when a CCB is available from the transport layer.
When CCBs are completed (because they are immediate or
passdone() if they are queued), they are put on the done
queue.
If we get the final close on the device before all pending
I/O is complete, all active I/O is moved to the abandoned
queue and we increment the peripheral reference count so
that the peripheral driver instance doesn't go away before
all pending I/O is done.
The new passcreatezone() function is called on the first
call to the CAMIOQUEUE ioctl on a given device to allocate
the UMA zones for I/O requests and S/G list buffers. This
may be good to move off to a taskqueue at some point.
The new passmemsetup() function allocates memory and
scatter/gather lists to hold the user's data, and copies
in any data that needs to be written. For virtual pointers
(CAM_DATA_VADDR), the kernel buffer is malloced from the
new pass(4) driver malloc bucket. For virtual
scatter/gather lists (CAM_DATA_SG), buffers are allocated
from a new per-pass(9) UMA zone in MAXPHYS-sized chunks.
Physical pointers are passed in unchanged. We have support
for up to 16 scatter/gather segments (for the user and
kernel S/G lists) in the default struct pass_io_req, so
requests with longer S/G lists require an extra kernel malloc.
The new passcopysglist() function copies a user scatter/gather
list to a kernel scatter/gather list. The number of elements
in each list may be different, but (obviously) the amount of data
stored has to be identical.
The new passmemdone() function copies data out for the
CAM_DATA_VADDR and CAM_DATA_SG cases.
The new passiocleanup() function restores data pointers in
user CCBs and frees memory.
Add new functions to support kqueue(2)/kevent(2):
passreadfilt() tells kevent whether or not the done
queue is empty.
passkqfilter() adds a knote to our list.
passreadfiltdetach() removes a knote from our list.
Add a new function, passpoll(), for poll(2)/select(2)
to use.
Add devstat(9) support for the queued CCB path.
sys/cam/ata/ata_da.c:
Add support for the BIO_VLIST bio type.
sys/cam/cam_ccb.h:
Add a new enumeration for the xflags field in the CCB header.
(This doesn't change the CCB header, just adds an enumeration to
use.)
sys/cam/cam_xpt.c:
Add a new function, xpt_setup_ccb_flags(), that allows specifying
CCB flags.
sys/cam/cam_xpt.h:
Add a prototype for xpt_setup_ccb_flags().
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_da.c:
Add support for BIO_VLIST.
sys/dev/md/md.c:
Add BIO_VLIST support to md(4).
sys/geom/geom_disk.c:
Add BIO_VLIST support to the GEOM disk class. Re-factor the I/O size
limiting code in g_disk_start() a bit.
sys/kern/subr_bus_dma.c:
Change _bus_dmamap_load_vlist() to take a starting offset and
length.
Add a new function, _bus_dmamap_load_pages(), that will load a list
of physical pages starting at an offset.
Update _bus_dmamap_load_bio() to allow loading BIO_VLIST bios.
Allow unmapped I/O to start at an offset.
sys/kern/subr_uio.c:
Add two new functions, physcopyin_vlist() and physcopyout_vlist().
sys/pc98/include/bus.h:
Guard kernel-only parts of the pc98 machine/bus.h header with
#ifdef _KERNEL.
This allows userland programs to include <machine/bus.h> to get the
definition of bus_addr_t and bus_size_t.
sys/sys/bio.h:
Add a new bio flag, BIO_VLIST.
sys/sys/uio.h:
Add prototypes for physcopyin_vlist() and physcopyout_vlist().
share/man/man4/pass.4:
Document the CAMIOQUEUE and CAMIOGET ioctls.
usr.sbin/Makefile:
Add camdd.
usr.sbin/camdd/Makefile:
Add a makefile for camdd(8).
usr.sbin/camdd/camdd.8:
Man page for camdd(8).
usr.sbin/camdd/camdd.c:
The new camdd(8) utility.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFC after: 1 week
Note that the MW allocation still must be BAR *aligned*. So, this only
loosens the constraints on MW allocation slightly. BAR-aligned does not
play well with large (GB+) BAR sizes.
Going forward, if anyone cares about if_ntb on very large BARs, I
suggest they add functionality to allocate a smaller window than the BAR
size, and set the BAR range to cover a window much larger than the
allocated window. This will require negotiating a window offset and
limit for protocol traffic. None of this is implemented in this
revision.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
typically memory mapped bus, for example on the AMD Opteron A1100 the AHCI
device is mapped in the CPUs address space, and not through a PCI
controller.
Further work is needed for this to work with ACPI as this is expected to be
common on ARMv8 servers.
Reviewed by: mav, mmel
Obtained from: mmel, ABT Systems Ltd
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: SoftIron Inc
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4269
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4331
It seems the EEE made RX MAC enter LPI(Low Power Idle) mode such
that dwc(4) was not able to receive packets. Ideally dwc(4) should
be able to use EEE to save power during periods of low link
utilization(i.e. gating off clock). Due to lack of dwc(4)
datasheet it's not easy to take required steps for EEE on LPI
enter/exit events. Disabling EEE in PHY seems to be easy
workaround until dwc(4) supports EEE.
Updating EEE advertisement register on RTL8211F seems to have no
effect until reprogramming MII_ANAR, MII_100T2CR and MII_BMCR
with auto-negotiation. It's not clear whether it's related with
mii_phy_reset()'s BMCR_ISO handling for RTL8211F though.
It seems rgephy_reset() needs careful investigation for newer
RealTek PHYs.
Ganbold submitted working version based on NetBSD change and
tested lots of changes I made. Thanks a lot!
Submitted by: ganbold (initial version)
In collaboration with: ganbold
Each virtual interface has its own MAC address, queues, and statistics.
The dedicated netmap interfaces (ncxgbeX / ncxlX) were already implemented
as additional VIs on each port. This change allows additional non-netmap
interfaces to be configured on each port. Additional virtual interfaces
use the naming scheme vcxgbeX or vcxlX.
Additional VIs are enabled by setting the hw.cxgbe.num_vis tunable to a
value greater than 1 before loading the cxgbe(4) or cxl(4) driver.
NB: The first VI on each port is the "main" interface (cxgbeX or cxlX).
T4/T5 NICs provide a limited number of MAC addresses for each physical port.
As a result, a maximum of six VIs can be configured on each port (including
the "main" interface and the netmap interface when netmap is enabled).
One user-visible result is that when netmap is enabled, packets received
or transmitted via the netmap interface are no longer counted in the stats
for the "main" interface, but are not accounted to the netmap interface.
The netmap interfaces now also have a new-bus device and export various
information sysctl nodes via dev.n(cxgbe|cxl).X.
The cxgbetool 'clearstats' command clears the stats for all VIs on the
specified port along with the port's stats. There is currently no way to
clear the stats of an individual VI.
Reviewed by: np
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Chelsio
the firmware because the original flowc sent by t4_tom changed the
firmware-internal state of the tid. For now I'm setting MAX_DSL to 8K
and PDU accordingly. This will be tidied up with the next firmware
update that will handle multiple flowc's correctly.
After an MC reboot, a VF driver may reset before the PF driver has
finished bringing everything back up. This includes the VFs EVB port.
MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_ALLOC is the first MCDI call after an MC reboot to
require the EVB port, so if it fails with MC_CMD_ERR_NO_EVB_PORT,
retry the command a few times after waiting a while.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4333
Make link control privilege visible to OS driver to guard updates to
flow control and PHY advertised capabilities.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4330
It allows manftest to program them.
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4329
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4328
Common code should infer other privileges from Admin privilege to
support firmware that pre-dates introduction of specific privilege
flags.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4327
Submitted by: Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4308
It is really observed in the case of VLAN over sfxge interface.
Also this change makes total value equal to 35 which is default assumed
by the kernel for if_hw_tsomaxsegcount.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4319
IPv4/IPv6 checksum offloading and VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
Since uether doesn't provide a way to announce driver specific offload
capabilities to upper stack, checksum offloading support needs more work
and will be done in the future.
Special thanks to Hayes Wang from RealTek who gave input.
tested on the Broadwell-Xeon with a hacked up version of pmcstudy -T. I still need
to circle back and add in to pmcstudy all the new tests from the Broadwell Vtune
guide (for the hacked up version I just made it so I could run the -T option). The
Skylake CPU is not yet available (even though Intel is advertising it .. imagine that).
The Skylake PMC's will need to be tested once we can get a sample skylake CPU :-)
Sponsored by: Netflix Inc.
This change will fix kernel panic with uninitialized (zeroed)
RXON structure.
Tested with Intel 3945BG, IBSS mode.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4304
The synth programming here requires the real centre frequency,
which for HT20 channels is the normal channel, but HT40 is
/not/ the primary channel. Everything else was using 'freq',
which is the correct centre frequency, but the hornet config
was using 'ichan' to do the lookup which was also the primary
channel.
So, modify the HAL call that does the mapping to take a frequency
in MHz and return the channel number.
Tested:
* Carambola 2, AR9331, tested both HT/20 and HT/40 operation.
On ARM, we must ensure proper interdevice write ordering.
The AHCI interrupt status register must be updated in HW before
registers in interrupt controller.
Unfortunately, only way how we can do it is readback.
Discussed with: mav
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4240
Using a typedef for common code return types (rather than "int")
allows the Prefast static analyser to understand when a function
has been successful (and thus when its postconditions must hold).
This greatly reduces then number of false positives reported by
prefast for error paths in common code functions.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Dynamic config partitions on boards that support RFID are divided into
a number of segments, each formatted like a partition, with header,
trailer and end tags. The first segment is the current active
configuration.
The segments are initialised by manftest and each contain a different
configuration e.g. firmware variant. The firmware can be instructed
via RFID to copy a segment over the first segment, hence changing the
active configuration. This allows ops to change the configuration of
a board prior to shipment using RFID.
Changes to the dynamic config may need to be written to all segments (in
particular firmware versions written by manftest) or just the first
segment (changes to the active configuration). See SF-111324-SW.
If only the first segment is written the code still needs to be aware of
the possible presence of subsequent segments as writing to a segment may
cause its size to increase, which would overwrite the subsequent
segments and invalidate them.
Boards that do not support RFID will only have one segment in their
dynamic config partition.
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4302
This probe/attaches correctly in my local branch and now displays
a useful message:
ath0: <Qualcomm Atheros QCA953x> at mem 0x18100000-0x1811ffff irq 0 on nexus0
...
ath0: AR9530 mac 1280.0 RF5110 phy 0.0
If the VPD is corrupt and contains an 'RV' keyword before the
END tag, then this function could return without setting the
return code to report the error.
Found by prefast.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Keep prefast happy by returning the initial queue index
from falconsiena_tx_qcreate(). No change in behaviour, as
etxo_qcreate already zeros *addedp before the call.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
PIO is not yet supported in the FreeBSD driver.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Adjust external port mapping table to distinguish Pavia from Monza.
Now the presence of any 40G mode implies at least 2 outputs per
external port. So Pavia 4x10G ports are now mapped to 1,2,3,4;
Monza 4x10G ports map to 1,1,2,2 as before.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
GCC 4.2.1 used on FreeBSD 8 and 9 branches does not like unnamed
union member in the structure. It is not strictly required in head,
but nice to have to minimize difference with out-of-tree driver.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
- Make scan aborted by event restart immediately and infinitely.
- Improve handling of some loop events from firmware.
- Remove loop down timer, adding its functionality to scanner thread.
- Some more unification and simplification.
I added MYBEACON support a while ago to listen to beacons that are only
for your configured BSSID. For AR9380 and later NICs this results in
a lot less chip wakeups in station mode as it then only shows you beacons
that are destined to you.
However in IBSS mode you really do want to hear all beacons so you can do
IBSS merges. Oops.
So only use MYBEACON for STA + not-scanning, and just use BEACON for
the other modes it used to use BEACON for.
This doesn't completely fix IBSS merges though - there are still some
conditions to chase down and fix.
And expose vm_memattr_t of current mapping to consumers (as well as the
ability to change it to one of UC, WB, WC).
After short discussion with: jhb (but no review)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
- Add error handling for urtwn_(r88e_)read_rom() and
urtwn_efuse_*() functions.
- Remove code duplication between urtwn_efuse_read() and
urtwn_r88e_read_rom().
- Merge r88e_rom and (r92c_)rom structures
(only one of them can be used at the same time).
- Other minor fixes / improvements.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode
(URTWN_DEBUG + USB_DEBUG, hw.usb.urtwn.debug=3, no visual differences).
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4253
Adds a new tunable, ntb.hw.b2b_mw_idx, which specifies the offset (from the
total number of memory windows) to use for register access on hardware with
the SDOORBELL_LOCKUP errata. The default is -1, i.e., the last memory
window.
We map BARs before the b2b_mw_idx is selected, so map them all as memory
windows initially. The register memory window should not be write-combined,
so we explicitly disable WC on the selected MW later.
This introduces a layer of abstraction between consumer memory window
indices, which exclude any exclusive errata-workaround BARs, and internal
memory window indices, which include such BARs. An internal routine,
ntb_user_mw_to_idx(), converts the former to the latter. Public APIs have
been updated to use this instead of assuming the exclusive workaround BAR is
the last available MW.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This should be a big no-op pass; and reduces the size of if_ath.c.
I'm hopefully soon going to take a whack at the USB support for ath(4)
and this'll require some reuse of the busdma memory code.
- In the iSCSI CPL handlers, do not rely on the ulpcb/icl_conn when in
the middle of assembling a PDU. This is so we don't have to grab
various locks and evaluate the kernel state of the connection multiple
times. Instead, the state is evaluated once after the entire PDU is
received. This requires another ULP specific item in toepcb (ulpcb2).
- If there is data in the so_rcv sockbuf of a connection in iSCSI ULP
mode it must be from before the connection got promoted to ULP mode.
Convert the contents of the sockbuf to PDUs and deliver them to ICL.
Do this before delivering the PDUs received on the "normal" ULP path.
- The receive path within ICL is allowed to sleep so it's not
appropriate to deliver PDUs to ICL from the driver's ithread, or from
any other thread with any mutex held. Use worker threads (created
back in r285650 but unused till now) to dispatch received PDUs to ICL.
Assign a worker thread to each connection. For now everything goes to
the first thread.
- Prevent various bad races that are possible when more than one of
a) rx ithread, b) worker thread, and c) icl_conn_close are active at
the same time.
It is perhaps preferable to have a separate limit for send instead of
reusing the receive limit. I'll discuss with trasz@ and mav@ before
pulling this into head.
bridges. Currently this includes information about what resources a
bridge decodes on the upstream side for use by downstream devices including
bus numbers, I/O port resources, and memory resources. Windows and bus
ranges are enumerated for both PCI-PCI bridges and PCI-CardBus bridges.
To simplify the implementation, all enumeration is done by reading the
appropriate config space registers directly rather than querying the
bridge driver in the kernel via new ioctls. This does result in a few
limitations.
First, an unimplemented window in a PCI-PCI bridge cannot be accurately
detected as accurate detection requires writing to the window base
register. That is not safe for pciconf(8). Instead, this assumes that
any window where both the base and limit read as all zeroes is
unimplemented.
Second, the PCI-PCI bridge driver in a tree has a few quirks for
PCI-PCI bridges that use subtractive decoding but do not indicate that
via the progif config register. The list of quirks is duplicated in
pciconf's source.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4171
Hacks to enable target mode there complicated code, while didn't really
work. And for outdated hardware fixing it is not really interesting.
Initiator mode tested with Qlogic 1080 adapter is still working fine.
While later firmware always registers for RSCN requests, older one does
it only in initiator mode. But in target mode there RSCN can be the only
way to detect gone intiator.
For those chips we are not receiving login events, adding initiators
based on ATIO requests. But there is no port ID in that structure, so
in fabric mode we have to explicitly fetch it from firmware to be able
to do normal scan after that.
Lower the payload data (IP) portion of the MTU from 0x10000 to
IP_MAXPACKET (0xFFFF) to avoid panicing the IP stack.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This feature is disabled by default. To enable it, tune
hw.if_ntb.enable_xeon_watchdog to non-zero.
If enabled, writes an unused NTB register every second to demonstrate to
a hardware watchdog that the NTB device is still alive. Most machines
with NTB will not need this -- you know who you are.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This change simplifies and unifies port adding/updating for loop and
fabric scanners. It also fixes problems with scanning restarts due to
concurrent port databases changes. It also fixes many cosmetic issues.
RX buffers from number of received packets.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4178
Submitted by: Drew Gallatin <gallatin@freebsd.org>
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 3 days
Setting sysctl dev....conf.hw_lro may fail if the net device lro is
turned off. Due to the nature of our sysctl handler we need to set the
values back to 0 and issue an error.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4177
Submitted by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 3 days
Discard the unused rx_free_q. Instead, reuse inputed packets by putting
them back on the *pend* queue after reinitialization.
If tx or rx handlers are unavailable, free mbufs rather than leaking
them.
With this change, if_ntb can receive more than 100
(NTB_QP_DEF_NUM_ENTRIES) packets.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
32-bit BARs can only address memory mapped in the low 32 bits of
physical RAM. Expose this as a 'plimit' out parameter from
ntb_mw_get_range().
Fix if_ntb to allocate memory within this limit.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Sometimes they'll read spurious values (observed: 0xc on Broadwell-DE),
failing link negotiation.
Discussed with: Dave Jiang, Allen Hubbe
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The tunable 'hw.ntb.enable_writecombine' may be set to zero to
administratively disable write combining the mapped NTB region.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Use bus_space_write instead of (non-volatile) C pointer writes via an
iowrite32() shim in the same places as the Dual BSD/GPL Linux driver.
Update some types to fixed 32-bit sizes.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Current Xen resume code clears all pending bitmap IPIs on resume, which is
not correct. Instead re-inject bitmap IPI vectors on resume to all CPUs in
order to acknowledge any pending bitmap IPIs.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 2 weeks
Modern cards in most cases operate abstract port handles, that have no
any relation to real loop IDs. Leave loopid used only where it really
goes about local loop IDs.
While there, fix few more cases where LUNs were still printed in decimal.
It turns out on a 16550 w/ a 25MHz SoC reference clock you get a little
over 3% error at 115200 baud, which causes this to fail.
Just .. cope. Things cope these days.
Default to 30 (3.0%) as before, but allow UART_DEV_TOLERANCE_PCT to be
set at build time to change that.
- icl_cxgbei_conn is _the_ per-connection softc for iSCSI. Retire
iscsi_socket by removing all unneeded fields and moving the rest to
icl_cxgbei_conn.
- Update pdu_queue to use the new t4_push_pdus and associated mbufq in
the TOE driver. Throw away all the callbacks registered during MOD_LOAD
as t4_push_pdus doesn't need them.
- Use the mbuf allocated for the BHS header to store icl_cxgbei_pdu as
well. This eliminates the custom zone for the PDUs and reduces the
number of allocations on the fast path. For each PDU, the old code
used to allocate an icl_cxgbei_pdu, an mbuf for the BHS, and tags for
the BHS and data mbufs. The new code allocates just one mbuf per PDU.
This is convenient for another reason -- it allows t4_tom to deal with
mbufs (which it understands) instead of having to call into the iSCSI
driver.
- Remove the socket upcalls, calls to ICL_DEBUG and ICL_WARN, and all
code within ICL_KERNEL_PROXY. None of this stuff is actually used by
cxgbei, it's probably leftover copy/paste from icl_soft.
- Fold various icl_foo into icl_cxgbei_foo if the cxgbei implementation
was simply a call to the other function.
- Remove set_tcb_field and use t4_set_tcb_field that's already available
in the base driver.
- Fix connection handoff to not assume that there is only one T4/T5
adapter in the system and that's the one handling all offloaded
connections. Walk the list of adapters and match tp->t_tod with the
adapter's toedev instead. This allows multiple TOE devices of multiple
types to coexist.
- Fix connection teardown by not reaching for the inp via the toepcb but
via the socket instead. If the tid is dead in the hardware then the
inp has already been unhooked from the toepcb by t4_tom.
- Add more CTRs. The ones on the normal fast path are disabled by
default to avoid flooding the log.
- Refine pdu_append_data.
- Other miscellaneous changes.
Switch PCI register reads from using magic numbers to using the names
defined in pcireg.h
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4185
Using other values causes VMXNET3_CMD_ENABLE to fail. The Linux
driver also enforces this restriction.
Reviewed by: bryanv
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Norse
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4139
accident with RTL8168G and later chips when the interface actually was
brought up. This is due to the fact that with these MAC variants, RXDV
gate needs be disabled for WOL to work. So do just that in re_setwol()
when IFCAP_WOL is requested.
Reported and tested by: dhw
MFC after: 3 days
The code tracks a counter which is the number of events until the next
sample. On context switch in, it loads the saved counter. On context
switch out, it tries to calculate a new saved counter.
Problems:
1. The saved counter was shared by all threads in a process. However, this
means that all threads would be initially loaded with the same saved
counter. However, that could result in sampling more often than once every
X number of events.
2. The calculation to determine a new saved counter was backwards. It
added when it should have subtracted, and subtracted when it should have
added. Assume a single-threaded process with a reload count of 1000 events.
Assuming the counter on context switch in was 100 and the counter on context
switch out was 50 (meaning the thread has "consumed" 50 more events), the
code would calculate a new saved counter of 150 (instead of the proper 50).
Fix:
1. As soon as the saved counter is used to initialize a monitor for a
thread on context switch in, set the saved counter to the reload count.
That way, subsequent threads to use the saved counter will get the full
reload count, assuring we sample at least once every X number of events
(across all threads).
2. Change the calculation of the saved counter. Due to the change to the
saved counter in #1, we simply need to add (modulo the reload count) the
remaining counter time we retrieve from the CPU when a thread is context
switched out.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4122
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
On my own tests I see no effect from this change, but I also can't
reproduce the reported problem in general.
PR: 127391
PR: 204554
Submitted by: satz@iranger.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Changes to the code to gather user stacks:
* Delay setting pmc_cpumask until we actually have the stack.
* When recording user stack traces, only walk the portion of the ring
that should have samples for us.
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Currently, there is a single pm_stalled flag that tracks whether a
performance monitor was "stalled" due to insufficent ring buffer
space for samples. However, because the same performance monitor
can run on multiple processes or threads at the same time, a single
pm_stalled flag that impacts them all seems insufficient.
In particular, you can hit corner cases where the code fails to stop
performance monitors during a context switch out, because it thinks
the performance monitor is already stopped. However, in reality,
it may be that only the monitor running on a different CPU was stalled.
This patch attempts to fix that behavior by tracking on a per-CPU basis
whether a PM desires to run and whether it is "stalled". This lets the
code make better decisions about when to stop PMs and when to try to
restart them. Ideally, we should avoid the case where the code fails
to stop a PM during a context switch out.
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4124
There is no need for the upstream and downstream addresses to be
different for the NTB configs. Go to using a single set of address. It
is still possible to configure them differently using module parameter
override however (CEM: tunable).
Authored by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
Reviewed by: Allen Hubbe <Allen.Hubbe@emc.com>
Reviewed by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Remove the use of sbuf_data on drained sbufs from the debug sysctls:
* ixl_sysctl_hw_res_alloc
* ixl_sysctl_switch_config
This prevents a kernel panic when accessing these values under a kernel
compiled with INVARIANTS.
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Order of operations issue with the QP Num and MW count, which would
result in the receive buffer pointer being invalid if there are more
than 1 MW. Corrected with parenthesis to enforce the proper order of
operations.
Reported by: John I. Kading <John.Kading@gd-ms.com>
Reported by: Conrad Meyer <cem@FreeBSD.org>
Authored by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Because it can sleep drainking link work callout(s). Linux (dual
BSD/GPL driver) does something very similar.
At the same time, switch the NTB CTX lock to a non-spin mutex, because
the taskqueue_swi lock can't be taken after a spin mutex.
Suggested by: Witness
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
In ntb_poll_link, we are intentionally writing the link bit, which is
absent from db_valid_mask. Don't panic on a kassert when we do so.
The Linux version of this (dual BSD/GPL) driver has the db_valid_mask
assertions in callers of db_iowrite() rather than db_iowrite() itself;
it skips the assertions in the equivalent of ntb_poll_link(). Rather
than duplicating the assertions in every caller, add a db_iowrite_raw()
that doesn't check and use it from ntb_poll_link().
Suggested by: kassert_panic
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
from Mellanox Technologies. The current driver supports ethernet
speeds up to and including 100 GBit/s. Infiniband support will be
done later.
The code added is not compiled by default, which will be done by a
separate commit.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 2 weeks
the TOE for LAN operation. It is possible to set this to other values
(cluster for networks with little loss and really tight RTTs, and wan
for relatively large RTTs and/or lossy networks) depending on the
environment in which the TOE is being used.
None of this affects plain NIC operation in any way.
MFC after: 1 week
- Split urtwn_tx_start() into urtwn_tx_data() and urtwn_tx_start()
(the last will be used for beacon updates / raw xmit path).
- Remove unneeded code from _urtwn_getbuf().
- Use CCK11 for data frames in 11b mode.
- Send EAPOL frames at 1 Mbps.
- Reduce code duplication in urtwn_tx_data().
- Fix sequence numbering.
- Add IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_F_WEP flag for encrypted frames.
- Check URTWN_RUNNING flag under lock.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4017
Right now the only way to force a cold reset is:
* The HAL itself detects it's needed, or
* The sysctl, setting all resets to be cold.
Trouble is, cold resets take quite a bit longer than warm resets.
However, there are situations where a cold reset would be nice.
Specifically, after a stuck beacon, BB/MAC hang, stuck calibration results,
etc.
The vendor HAL has a separate method to set the reset reason (which is
how HAL_RESET_BBPANIC gets set) which informs the HAL during the reset path
why it occured. This is almost but not quite the same; I may eventually
unify both approaches in the future.
This commit just extends HAL_RESET_TYPE to include both status (eg BBPANIC)
and type (eg do COLD.) None of the HAL code uses it yet though; that'll
come later.
It also is a big no-op in each HAL - I need to go teach each of the HALs
about cold/warm reset through this path.
Using unmapped IO is really beneficial when running inside of a VM,
since it avoids IPIs to other vCPUs in order to invalidate the
mappings.
This patch adds unmapped IO support to blkfront. The following tests
results have been obtained when running on a Xen host without HAP:
PVHVM
3165.84 real 6354.17 user 4483.32 sys
PVHVM with unmapped IO
2099.46 real 4624.52 user 2967.38 sys
This is because when running using shadow page tables TLB flushes and
range invalidations are much more expensive, so using unmapped IO
provides a very important performance boost.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 2 weeks
X-MFC-with: r290610
dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
- Add and announce support for unmapped IO.
before their initial configuration is done, it turns out that r281337
has the inverse effect on some older chips. Moreover, as with newer
chips before, two chips seemingly identical according to their MAC
revisions may behave differently in this regard, with most working
but a few not, making changes extremely hard to test.
Closer inspection of the corresponding Linux code suggests that RX
and TX should only be enabled after their initial configuration with
RTL8168G and later chips, i. e. RTL8106E{,US}, RTL8107E, as well as
RTL8168{EP,G,GU,H}, so limit the new code path to these. [1]
- Distinguish between RTL8168H and RTL8107E, with the latter being the
10/100-Mbit/s-only variant of the former.
- For MAC variants that can only do Fast Ethernet at a maximum, ensure
that we don't advertise Gigabit Ethernet speed.
- In re_stop(), do the inverse of re_init_locked() and enable RXDV
gate on RTL8168G and later chips again, matching what Linux does.
PR: 203422 [1]
MFC after: 1 week
- Filter out unneeded frames in STA mode.
- Implement ic_promisc() call.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA and MONITOR modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3999
learned that the Power8 and the PS3 have a mix of OFW and FDT. Both have AIM
defined. But currently they are not affected. They have no I2C devices under
OFW.
This version was tested on a Quad G5 and build tested for armv6*.
Discussed with nwhitehorn@
Reviewed by: ian@
32-bits aligned. Merge the two bounce buffers into a single one. Some
rough tests showed that the DWC OTG throughput on RPI2 increased by
10% after this patch.
MFC after: 1 week
The mbuf length fields must be set before m_adj() is called else
m_adj() will not always adjust the mbuf and an unaligned read
exception can trigger inside the network stack. This can happen on
platforms where unaligned reads are not supported. Adjust a length
check to include the 2-byte ethernet alignment while at it.
MFC after: 3 days
- Drop TSF initialization; device can discover it without our help.
- Do not touch R92C_BCN_CTRL_EN_BCN bit in STA mode.
- Add 'static' keyword for function definition.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3801
- Fix mbuf leaks in iwn_raw_xmit() and iwn_xmit_task()
(regression since r288178).
- Check IWN_FLAG_RUNNING flag under lock.
- Remove m->m_pkthdr.rcvif initialization (fixed in r283994).
- Enclose some values in return statements into parentheses.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4069
attributes when replying to a TLP from a Root Port. As a workaround,
disable No Snoop and Relaxed Ordering in the Root Port of each T5 adapter
during attach so that CPU-initiated requests do not contain these flags.
Note that this affects CPU-initiated requests to all devices under this
root port.
Reviewed by: np
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Chelsio
PCI-Express capability registers (that is, PCI config registers in the
standard PCI config space belonging to the PCI-Express capability
register set).
Note that all of the current PCI-e registers are either 16 or 32-bits,
so only widths of 2 or 4 bytes are supported.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Chelsio
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4088
Since r288350, ic_wme_task() is called via ieee80211_runtask(),
so, any additional deferring from the driver side is not needed.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4072
- There is no reason to have a special case for iSCSI in t4_rcvd. Either there
is data in the socket buffer (from when the connection was plain TOE, before
being promoted to ulp_mode iSCSI) and sbused _should_ be taken into account,
or sbused is 0 and doesn't affect the calculation of rx_credits.
- write_tx_wr doesn't need special handling for iSCSI either. Its caller should
specify the ulp_submode.
- Replace t4_ulp_push_frames with t4_push_pdus that can deal with PDUs in an
mbufq hanging off the toepcb. This eliminates the "backwards" calls from
t4_tom's tx into the iSCSI driver.
- The iSCSI driver installs a handler for RX_ISCSI_DDP already and the iSCSI
handler for RX_DATA_DDP is identical to the one for RX_ISCSI_DDP. Take
advantage of this to eliminate the last remaining "backwards" call from
do_rx_data_ddp into the iSCSI driver.
- Eliminate the CXGBE_ISCSI_MBUF_TAG abomination.
- For tx, it makes no sense to allocate an mbuf tag just to stash 2 bits worth
of information. Use a spare byte from the mbuf header instead.
- For rx, the per-connection ulpcb is a more natural place to keep information
about the PDU currently being assembled.
to transmit the buffer.
ath_tx_start() may manipulate/reallocate the mbuf as part of the DMA
code, so we can't expect the mbuf can be returned back to the caller.
Now, the net80211 ifnet work changed the semantics slightly so
if an error is returned here, the mbuf/reference is freed by the
caller (here, it's net80211.)
So, once we reach ath_tx_start(), we never return failure. If we fail
then we still return OK and we free the mbuf/noderef ourselves, and
we increment OERRORS.
Certain invalid operations trigger hardware error conditions. Error
conditions that only halt one channel can be detected and recovered by
resetting the channel. Error conditions that halt the whole device are
generally not recoverable.
Add a sysctl to inject channel-fatal HW errors,
'dev.ioat.<N>.force_hw_error=1'.
When a halt due to a channel error is detected, ioat(4) blocks new
operations from being queued on the channel, completes any outstanding
operations with an error status, and resets the channel before allowing
new operations to be queued again.
Update ioat.4 to document error recovery; document blockfill introduced
in r290021 while we are here; document ioat_put_dmaengine() added in
r289907; document DMA_NO_WAIT added in r289982.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Fixes race condition observed under following circumstances:
1) I/O split on 128KB boundary with Intel NVMe controller.
Current Intel controllers produce better latency when
I/Os do not span a 128KB boundary - even if the I/O size
itself is less than 128KB.
2) Per-CPU I/O queues are enabled.
3) Child I/Os are submitted on different submission queues.
4) Interrupts for child I/O completions occur almost
simultaneously.
5) ithread for child I/O A increments bio_inbed, then
immediately is preempted (rendezvous IPI, higher priority
interrupt).
6) ithread for child I/O B increments bio_inbed, then completes
parent bio since all children are now completed.
7) parent bio is freed, and immediately reallocated for a VFS
or gpart bio (including setting bio_children to 1 and
clearing bio_driver1).
8) ithread for child I/O A resumes processing. bio_children
for what it thinks is the parent bio is set to 1, so it
thinks it needs to complete the parent bio.
Result is either calling a NULL callback function, or double freeing
the bio to its uma zone.
PR: 203746
Reported by: Drew Gallatin <gallatin@netflix.com>,
Marc Goroff <mgoroff@quorum.net>
Tested by: Drew Gallatin <gallatin@netflix.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
status registers for every interrupt. Check a common host channel
status interrupt register first, then conditionally read the
individual host channel status registers.
Submitted by: Sebastian Huber <sebastian.huber@embedded-brains.de>
MFC after: 1 week
- Move all files related to the LinuxKPI into sys/compat/linuxkpi and
its subfolders.
- Update sys/conf/files and some Makefiles to use new file locations.
- Added description of COMPAT_LINUXKPI to sys/conf/NOTES which in turn
adds the LinuxKPI to all LINT builds.
- The LinuxKPI can be added to the kernel by setting the
COMPAT_LINUXKPI option. The OFED kernel option no longer builds the
LinuxKPI into the kernel. This was done to keep the build rules for
the LinuxKPI in sys/conf/files simple.
- Extend the LinuxKPI module to include support for USB by moving the
Linux USB compat from usb.ko to linuxkpi.ko.
- Bump the FreeBSD_version.
- A universe kernel build has been done.
Reviewed by: np @ (cxgb and cxgbe related changes only)
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
AMD64 pmap assumes ranges will be in the DMAP, which isn't necessarily
true for NTB memory windows (especially 64-bit BARs).
Suggested by: pmap_change_attr_locked -> kassert_panic
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Allows DMA from/to arbitrary KVA or physical address. /dev/ioat_test
must be enabled by root and is only R/W root, so this is approximately
as dangerous as /dev/mem and /dev/kmem.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
For the most of chips (except anscient ones) port handlers have no relation
to port IDs. In such situation old code scanning first 125 handlers was
quite naive. Instead of doing that, send to chip single request to get full
list of port handlers available on specific virtual port and scan only them.
Old code had problems with case of several virtual ports enabled, when port
handlers allocated from global address space could easily go above 125.
This change was successfully tested on 23xx, 24xx and 25xx chips in loop
mode with 4 virtual initiator ports, each seing 50 virtual target ports.
* refactor out the rx filter and operating mode code into a separate
method.
* add some comments about what's left with setting the operating mode
based on what carl9170 does.
* comment out some init from otus_init_mac() - it's no longer needed as
it's always init'ed now.
* add debugging and a missing return around a failure to call m_get2() -
during monitor mode operation I found RXing of frames > 2k, which
fails allocation. I'm sure they're valid (it's configuring 11n RX and
receiving 11n frames even though the driver doesn't "do" 11n)
and may be A-MSDU; but allocations fail and we should handle that
gracefully.
Tested:
* UB82 reference NIC (AR9170 + AR9104 2x2 dual band NIC); STA and
monitor mode operation.
The IOAT hardware supports writing a 64-bit pattern to some destination
buffer. The same limitations on buffer length apply as for copy
operations. Throughput is a bit higher (probably because fill does not
have to spend bandwidth reading from a source in memory).
Support for testing Block Fill has been added to ioatcontrol(8) and the
ioat_test device. ioatcontrol(8) accepts the '-f' flag, which tests
Block Fill. (If the flag is omitted, the tool tests copy by default.)
The '-V' flag, in conjunction with '-f', verifies that buffers are
filled in the expected pattern.
Tested on: Broadwell DE (Xeon D-1500)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Add generic hw descriptor struct and generic control flags struct, in
preparation for other kinds of IOAT operation.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Now on 24xx and above chips it is really possible to simulate several
virtual FC ports with single physical one. For example, it allows to
configure several targets in ctl.conf, assign each of them to separate
virtual port, and let user to control access to them with switch zoning.
I still doubt that all problems are solved there, but at now it passes
at least basic tests.
The new load_ma implementation can cause dereferences when used with
certain drivers, back it out until the reason is found:
Fatal trap 12: page fault while in kernel mode
cpuid = 11; apic id = 03
fault virtual address = 0x30
fault code = supervisor read data, page not present
instruction pointer = 0x20:0xffffffff808a2d22
stack pointer = 0x28:0xfffffe07cc737710
frame pointer = 0x28:0xfffffe07cc737790
code segment = base 0x0, limit 0xfffff, type 0x1b
= DPL 0, pres 1, long 1, def32 0, gran 1
processor eflags = interrupt enabled, resume, IOPL = 0
current process = 13 (g_down)
trap number = 12
panic: page fault
cpuid = 11
KDB: stack backtrace:
#0 0xffffffff80641647 at kdb_backtrace+0x67
#1 0xffffffff80606762 at vpanic+0x182
#2 0xffffffff806067e3 at panic+0x43
#3 0xffffffff8084eef1 at trap_fatal+0x351
#4 0xffffffff8084f0e4 at trap_pfault+0x1e4
#5 0xffffffff8084e82f at trap+0x4bf
#6 0xffffffff80830d57 at calltrap+0x8
#7 0xffffffff8063beab at _bus_dmamap_load_ccb+0x1fb
#8 0xffffffff8063bc51 at bus_dmamap_load_ccb+0x91
#9 0xffffffff8042dcad at ata_dmaload+0x11d
#10 0xffffffff8042df7e at ata_begin_transaction+0x7e
#11 0xffffffff8042c18e at ataaction+0x9ce
#12 0xffffffff802a220f at xpt_run_devq+0x5bf
#13 0xffffffff802a17ad at xpt_action_default+0x94d
#14 0xffffffff802c0024 at adastart+0x8b4
#15 0xffffffff802a2e93 at xpt_run_allocq+0x193
#16 0xffffffff802c0735 at adastrategy+0xf5
#17 0xffffffff80554206 at g_disk_start+0x426
Uptime: 2m29s
Add a new flag for DMA operations, DMA_NO_WAIT. It behaves much like
other NOWAIT flags -- if queueing an operation would sleep, abort and
return NULL instead.
When growing the internal descriptor ring, the memory allocation is
performed outside of all locks. A lock-protected flag is used to avoid
duplicated work. Threads that cannot sleep and attempt to queue
operations when the descriptor ring is full allocate a larger ring with
M_NOWAIT, or bail if that fails.
ioat_reserve_space() could become an external API if is important to
callers that they have room for a sequence of operations, or that those
operations succeed each other directly in the hardware ring.
This patch splits the internal head index (->head) from the hardware's
head-of-chain (DMACOUNT) register (->hw_head). In the future, for
simplicity's sake, we could drop the 'ring' array entirely and just use
a linked list (with head and tail pointers rather than indices).
Suggested by: Witness
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Assertion used here was invalid. If current thread helds any of locks,
we never want to recurse on them.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3903
Add e6000sw driver supporting Marvell 88E6352, 88E6172, 88E6176 switches.
It needs to be attached to mdio interface, exporting SMI access
functionality. e6000sw supports port-based VLAN configuration, per-port
media changing, accessing PHY and switch registers.
e6000sw attaches miibuses and PHY drivers as children. Instead of typical
tick as callout, kthread-based tick is used. This combined with SX locks
allows MDIO read/write calls to sleep. It is expected, because this
hardware requires long delays in SMI read/write procedures, which can not
be handled by busy-waiting.
Reviewed by: adrian
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3902
This commit introduces support for etherswitch devices that utilize SMI as
a way of accessing its registers. SMI register is located in address space
of mge -- access to it was exported through MDIO interface.
Attachment functions were enhanced so as to ensure proper initialisation
in both cases: 1) PHYs attached directly to mge, 2) PHYs attached to
switch device and switch attached to mge. Attachment of etherswitch device
depends on dts entry with compatible="mrvl,sw" property. If none is found,
typical PHY attachment procedure follows.
In case of switch attached, PHYs' status and configuration is accessible
via etherswitchcfg, and ifconfig shows always-up, non-configurable mge
interfaces.
Due to the fact that there may be simultaneous accessess to SMI
registers (e.g. from PHY attached to one of mge instances and switch
to the other), SMI access interlock was added. It is SX lock,
because sleep ability is necessary -- busy-waiting would result
in poor performance due to long delays required by hardware.
Underlying switch driver is obliged to use sleepable locks as well.
Reviewed by: adrian
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3900
We need to reset the chancmp and chainaddr MMIO registers to bring the
device back to a working state.
Name the chanerr bits while we're here.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
We only need to borrow a mutex for the drain sleep and the 0->1
transition, so just reuse an existing one for now.
The wchan is arbitrary. Using refcount itself would have required
__DEVOLATILE(), so use the lock's address instead.
Different uses are tagged by kind, although we only do anything with
that information in INVARIANTS builds.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Callers should have acquired this lock when they invoked ioat_acquire()
before issuing operations. Assert it is held.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This is still the worst possible way to allocate memory if it will ever
be under pressure, but at least it won't deadlock.
Suggested by: WITNESS
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Pull out the timer callout delay into IOAT_INTR_TIMO and shorten it
considerably (5s -> 100ms). Single operations do not take 5-10 seconds
and when interrupts aren't working, waiting 100ms sucks a lot less than
5s.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Now 24xx and above chips support full 8-byte LUN address space.
Older FC chips may support up to 16K LUNs when firmware allows.
Tested in both initiator and target modes for 23xx, 24xx and 25xx.
This change allows to decode respective functions in isp(4) in target mode
and pass them through CAM to CTL. Unfortunately neither CAM nor isp(4)
support returning response info for those task management functions now.
On the other side I just have no initiator to test this functionality.
Using unmapped IO is really beneficial when running inside of a VM,
since it avoids IPIs to other vCPUs in order to invalidate the
mappings.
This patch adds unmapped IO support to blkfront. The following tests
results have been obtained when running on a Xen host without HAP:
PVHVM
3165.84 real 6354.17 user 4483.32 sys
PVHVM with unmapped IO
2099.46 real 4624.52 user 2967.38 sys
This is because when running using shadow page tables TLB flushes and
range invalidations are much more expensive, so using unmapped IO
provides a very important performance boost.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 2 weeks
X-MFC-with: r289834
FC port database code already notifies CAM about all devices. Additional
full scan is just a waste of time, that by definition won't find anything
that is not present in port database.
registers (they are used for different purposes).
- Wrap R92C_MSR modifications into urtwn_set_mode().
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3838
* Add a comment about the parameters I should support, stolen shamelessly
from iwn(4);
* Implement the rate bit for the raw transmit path;
* Print out the host-order versions of each of the transmit bits, so
I have a hope in heck of debugging why things are going wrong.
This still doesn't fix 5GHz in the office but that's likely due to a lot
of other configuration parameters being 2GHz-specific. That'll come next.
Tested:
* AR9170 + AR9103 (2/5GHz) 2x2, 5GHz association
Replace custom Linux-like logging with a thin shim around
device_printf(), when the softc is available.
In ioat_test, shim around printf(9) instead.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This should export all of the same information as the Linux ntb_hw_intel
debugfs info file, but with a bit more structure, in the sysctl tree
rooted at 'dev.ntb_hw.<N>.debug_info'.
Raw registers are marked as OPAQUE because reading them on some hardware
revisions may cause a hard lockup (NTB errata). They can be read with
'sysctl -x dev.ntb_hw.<N>.debug_info.registers'. On Xeon platforms,
some additional registers are available under 'registers.xeon_stats' and
'registers.xeon_hw_err'. They are exported as big-endian values so that
the 'sysctl -x' output is legible.
Shrink the feature mask to 32 bits so we can use the %b formatter in
'debug_info.features'.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Don't run the selftest until after we've enabled bus mastering, or the
DMA engine can't copy anything for our test.
Create the ioat_test device on attach, if so tuned. Destroy the
ioat_test device on teardown.
Replace deprecated 'CALLOUT_MPSAFE' with correct '1' in callout_init().
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The test logic now preallocates memory before running the test.
The buffer size is now configurable. Post-copy verification is
configurable. The number of copies to chain into one transaction (one
interrupt) is configurable.
A 'duration' mode is added, which repeats the test until the duration
has elapsed, reporting the B/s and transactions completed.
ioatcontrol.8 has been updated to document the new arguments.
Initial limits (on this particular Broadwell-DE) (and when the
interrupts are working) seem to be: 256 interrupts/sec or ~6 GB/s,
whichever limit is more restrictive.
Unfortunately, it seems the interrupt-reset handling on Broadwell isn't
working as intended. That will be fixed in a later commit.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The FDT bindings for eeprom parts don't include any metadata about the
device other than the part name encoded in the compatible property.
Instead, a driver is required to have a compiled-in table of information
about the various parts (page size, device capacity, addressing scheme). So
much for FDT being an abstract description of hardware characteristics, huh?
In addition to the FDT-specific changes, this also switches to using the
newer iicbus_transfer_excl() mechanism which holds bus ownership for the
duration of the transfer. Previously this code held the bus across all
the transfers needed to complete the user's IO request, which could be
up to 128KB of data which might occupy the bus for 10-20 seconds. Now the
bus will be released and re-aquired between every page-sized (8-256 byte)
transfer, making this driver a much nicer citizen on the i2c bus.
The hint-based configuration mechanism is still in place for non-FDT systems.
Michal Meloun contributed some of the code for these changes.
while holding exclusive ownership of the bus. This is the routine most
slave drivers should use unless they have a need to acquire and hold the
bus across a series of related operations that involves multiple transfers.
various reasons while executing user commands. After these commands are
completed, the pages backing the relocation regions are unheld.
Since relocation regions do not have to be page aligned, the code in
validate_exec_list() allocates 2 extra page pointers in the array of
held pages populated by vm_fault_quick_hold_pages(). However, the cleanup
code that unheld the pages always assumed that only the buffer size /
PAGE_SIZE pages were used. This meant that non-page aligned buffers would
not unheld the last 1 or 2 pages in the list. Fix this by saving the
number of held pages returned by vm_fault_quick_hold_pages() for each
relocation region and using this count during cleanup.
Reviewed by: dumbbell, kib
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3965
represented in 7-bits format in DT files, but system expect it in 8-bit
format. Also, fix two drivers that locally hack around this bug.
Submitted by: Michal Meloun <meloun@miracle.cz>
r289587 broke LINT-NOIP kernels because the lro and queued local variables
are defined but not used. Add preprocessor guards around them.
Reported by: emaste
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
xen/hypervisor.h:
- Remove unused helpers: MULTI_update_va_mapping, is_initial_xendomain,
is_running_on_xen
- Remove unused define CONFIG_X86_PAE
- Remove unused variable xen_start_info: note that it's used inpcifront
which is not built at all
- Remove forward declaration of HYPERVISOR_crash
xen/xen-os.h:
- Remove unused define CONFIG_X86_PAE
- Drop unused helpers: test_and_clear_bit, clear_bit,
force_evtchn_callback
- Implement a generic version (based on ofed/include/linux/bitops.h) of
set_bit and test_bit and prefix them by xen_ to avoid any use by other
code than Xen. Note that It would be worth to investigate a generic
implementation in FreeBSD.
- Replace barrier() by __compiler_membar()
- Replace cpu_relax() by cpu_spinwait(): it's exactly the same as rep;nop
= pause
xen/xen_intr.h:
- Move the prototype of xen_intr_handle_upcall in it: Use by all the
platform
x86/xen/xen_intr.c:
- Use BITSET* for the enabledbits: Avoid to use custom helpers
- test_bit/set_bit has been renamed to xen_test_bit/xen_set_bit
- Don't export the variable xen_intr_pcpu
dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
- Fix the string format when XBB_DEBUG is enabled: host_addr is typed
uint64_t
dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c:
- Remove set but not used variable
- Use the correct type for frame_list: xen_pfn_t represents the frame
number on any architecture
dev/xen/control/control.c:
- Return BUS_PROBE_WILDCARD in xs_probe: Returning 0 in a probe callback
means the driver can handle this device. If by any chance xenstore is the
first driver, every new device with the driver is unset will use
xenstore.
dev/xen/grant-table/grant_table.c:
- Remove unused cmpxchg
- Drop unused include opt_pmap.h: Doesn't exist on ARM64 and it doesn't
contain anything required for the code on x86
dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c:
- Use the correct type for rx_pfn_array: xen_pfn_t represents the frame
number on any architecture
dev/xen/netback/netback.c:
- Use the correct type for gmfn: xen_pfn_t represents the frame number on
any architecture
dev/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
- Return BUS_PROBE_WILDCARD in xctrl_probe: Returning 0 in a probe callback
means the driver can handle this device. If by any chance xenstore is the
first driver, every new device with the driver is unset will use xenstore.
Note that with the changes, x86/include/xen/xen-os.h doesn't contain anymore
arch-specific code. Although, a new series will add some helpers that differ
between x86 and ARM64, so I've kept the headers for now.
Submitted by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3921
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
I messed up when doing the reset_vlans method - setting vid[0] = 1 here
was making it 'hidden' from configuration (as it needed ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID
as well) and so there was no way to configure vlangroup0.
In per-port VLAN mode, vlangroup0 is for the CPU port (port0).
Now, it normally wouldn't really matter - the CPU port thus sees
all other ports. However there are two CPU ports on the AR8327 and
so port0 (arge0) was seeing all traffic on port6 (arge1).
If you thus tried to use arge1/port6 for anything (eg a WAN port)
in a bridge group then things would very upset very quickly.
Whilst here, add a comment to remind myself that yes, it'd be nice
if we could specify a boot-time switch config.
Tested:
* AP135 reference platform w/ AR8327N switch
If the bus is detached and deleted by a call to device_delete_child() or
device_delete_children() on a device higher in the tree, I²C children
were already detached and deleted. So the device_t pointer stored in sc
points to freed memory: we must not try to delete it again.
By using device_delete_children(), we let subr_bus.c figure out if there
are children to take care of.
While here, make sure iicbus_detach() and iicoc_detach() call
device_delete_children() too, to be safe.
Reviewed by: jhb, imp
Approved by: jhb, imp
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3926
Add ntb_q_idx_t so it is more clear which struct members are of the same
type (some bogus uint64_ts snuck in that should have been unsigned int).
Add tx_err_no_buf and s/ENOMEM/EBUSY/ in tx_enqueue to match Linux.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
A plain 32 bit integer will overflow for values over 4GiB.
Change the plain integer size to the appropriate size type in
ntb_set_mw. Change the type of the size parameter and two local
variables used for size.
Even if there is no overflow, a size of zero is invalid here.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Reported by: Juyoung Jung
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
It was possible for a synchronous update of the RX index in the error
case to get ahead of the asynchronous RX index update in the normal
case. Change the RX processing to preserve an RX completion order.
There were two error cases. First, if a buffer is not present to
receive data, there would be no queue entry to preserve the RX
completion order. Instead of dropping the RX frame, leave the RX frame
in the ring. Schedule RX processing when RX entries are enqueued, in
case there are RX frames waiting in the ring to be received.
Second, if a buffer is too small to receive data, drop the frame in the
ring, mark the RX entry as done, and indicate the error in the RX entry
length. Check for a negative length in the receive callback in
ntb_netdev, and count occurrences as rx_length_errors.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Mechanically replace "SOC" with "ATOM" to match Linux. No functional
change. Original Linux commit log follows:
Instead of using the platform code names, use the correct platform names
to identify the respective Intel NTB hardware.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Prints driver name to indicate what is being loaded.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Benchmarking showed a significant performance increase with the MTU size
to 64k instead of 16k. Change the driver default to 64k.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Throw away the result of the peer SPAD read. The peer will write our
local SPAD and we need to keep the locally read SPAD value to check if
the remote side is up.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Add module parameters for the addresses to be used in B2B topology.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Reset the link stats when the link goes down. In particular, the TX and
RX index and count must be reset, or else the TX side will be sending
packets to the RX side where the RX side is not expecting them. Reset
all the stats, to be consistent.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
We skip actually bringing up Rootport/Transparent configurations, so
most of this doesn't apply. Original Linux commit log:
Link training should be enabled in the driver probe for root port mode.
We should not have to wait for transport to be loaded for this to
happen. Otherwise the ntb device will not show up on the transparent
bridge side of the link.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
It is just a trivial wrapper around ntb_mw_set_trans().
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The failure path for allocating rx grant refs should not try to free tx
grant refs because tx grant refs were allocated after that. Also fix the
error path for xen_net_read_mac.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3891
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
This is redundant because ether_ifattach will set that field.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3918
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
We're way beyond FreeBSD 7 at this point.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3892
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Multiqueue feature will make the number of queues dynamic, so XN_LOCK_INIT
won't be that useful. Remove the macro and call mtx_init directly.
XN_LOCK_DESTROY is just dead code.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3890
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Rename it with netfront_ prefix and purge a bunch of unused fields.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3889
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Currently neither Linux nor FreeBSD netback supports page flipping. NetBSD
still supports that. It is not sure how many people actually use page
flipping, but page flipping is supposed to be slower than copying nowadays.
It will also shatter frontend / backend address space.
Overall this feature is more of a burden than a benefit.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3888
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
- Define the kref structure identical to the one found in Linux.
- Update clients referring inside the kref structure.
- Implement kref_sub() for FreeBSD.
Reviewed by: np @
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
* Use the correct malloc type for node allocation - M_80211_NODE - so
the default node free method in net80211 will work correctly.
* Fix otus_node_alloc() to suit FreeBSD's net80211.
* .. and actually call otus_node_alloc() so there's space for the
per-node tx statistics. Otherwise, well, it will be scribbling over
random memory.
Tested:
* AR9170, STA mode
The monitor mode stuff is from the openbsd driver, but it doesn't
100% work. It doesn't seem to get all frames for all BSSes.
However, it's enough to at start debugging things. That 0xffffffff
write is /I think/ the RX filter, but I am still not 100% sure about
it all.
Then, whilst here, use the lowest rate for EAPOL frames. This is just
generally a good thing to do.
This commit adds support for MDIO present in the ThunderX SoC.
From the FDT point of view it is compatible with "octeon-3860-mdio"
however only C22 mode is used.
The code also implements lmac_if interface functions.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
- The driver consists of three main componens: PF, VF, BGX
- Requires appropriate entries in DTS and MDIO driver
- Supports only FDT configuration
- Multiple Tx queues and single Rx queue supported
- No RSS, HW checksum and TSO support
- No more than 8 queues per-IF (only one Queue Set per IF)
- HW statistics enabled
- Works in all available MAC modes (1,10,20,40G)
- Style converted to BSD according to style(9)
- The code brings lmac_if interface used by the BGX driver to
update its logical MACs state.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
This import brings following components of the Linux driver:
- Thunder BGX (programmable MAC)
- Physical Function driver
- Virtual Function driver
- Headers
Revision: 1.0
Obtained from: Cavium
License information: Cavium provided these files under BSD license
This is the last e26a5843 patch. The general thrust of the rewrite was
to move more responsibility for Memory Window and Doorbell interrupt
management from the ntb_hw driver to if_ntb.
A number of APIs have been added, removed, or replaced. The old
DB callback mechanism has been excised. Instead, callers (if_ntb) are
responsible for configuring MWs and handling their interrupts more
directly.
This adds a tunable, hw.ntb.max_mw_size, allowing users to limit the
size of memory windows used by if_ntb (identical to the Linux modparam
of the same name).
Despite attempts to keep mechanical name changes to separate commits,
some have snuck in here. At least the driver should be much more
similar to the latest Linux one now -- making porting fixes easier.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
No functional change. Part of the huge rewrite (e26a5843).
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Move all Xeon secondary register setup to the setup_b2b_mw routine. We
use subroutines to make it a bit less wordy than the Linux version.
Adds a new tunable, 'hw.ntb.b2b_mw_share'. By default, it is off
(zero). If both sides enable it (any non-zero value), the NTB driver
attempts to use only half of a memory window for remote register MMIO
access.
This is still part of the large Linux rewrite (e26a5843).
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This Linux commit was more or less a rewrite. Unfortunately, the commit
log does not give a lot of context for the rewrite. I have tried to
faithfully follow the changes made upstream, including matching function
names where possible, while churning the FreeBSD driver as little as
possible.
This is the bulk of the rewrite. There are two groups of changes to
follow in separate commits: fleshing out the rest of the changes to
xeon_setup_b2b_mw(), and some changes to if_ntb.
Yes, this is a big patch (3 files changed, 416 insertions(+), 237
deletions(-)), but the Linux patch was 13 files changed, 2,589
additions(+) and 2,195 deletions(-).
Original Linux commit log:
Change ntb_hw_intel to use the new NTB hardware abstraction layer.
Split ntb_transport into its own driver. Change it to use the new NTB
hardware abstraction layer.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Some interrupt-related function names changed to match Linux.
No functional change. Still part of the huge e26a5843 rewrite in Linux.
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
No functional change.
Still part of the huge e26a5843 rewrite. I'm trying to make it less of
a complete rewrite in the FreeBSD version of the driver. Still, it
helps if our names match Linux.
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
On the Haswell platform, a split BAR option to allow creation of 2 32bit
BARs (4 and 5) from the 64bit BAR 4. Adding support for this new option.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This is a follow-up to r289208: "Xeon Errata Workaround."
Add logic to support a variable number of memory windows and doorbell
callbacks. This was added to the Linux driver in the "Xeon Errata
Workaround" commit, but I skipped it because it didn't look neccessary
at the time. It is needed for future Haswell split-BAR support, so
bring it in now.
A new tunable was added for if_ntb, 'hw.ntb.max_num_clients'. By
default, it is set to zero -- infer the number of clients from the
number of memory windows available from the hardware. Any other
positive value can specify a different number of clients, limited by the
number of doorbell callbacks available (4 under MSI-X, or 15 (Xeon) or
34 (SoC) under legacy INTx).
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This patch adds support for the BCM57765[2] card reader function included in
Broadcom's BCM57766 ethernet/sd3.0 controller. This controller is commonly
found in laptops and Apple hardware (MBP, iMac, etc).
The BCM57765 chipset is almost fully compatible with the SD3.0 spec, but
does not support deriving a frequency below 781KHz from its default base
clock via the standard SD3.0-configured 10-bit clock divisor.
If such a divisor is set, card identification (which requires a 400KHz
clock frequency) will time out[1].
As a work-around, I've made use of an undocumented device-specific clock
control register to switch the controller to a 63MHz clock source when
targeting clock speeds below 781KHz; the clock source is likewise switched
back to the 200MHz clock when targeting speeds greater than 781KHz.
Additionally, this patch fixes a small sdhci_pci bug; the
sdhci_pci_softc->quirks flag was not copied to the sdhci_slot, resulting in
`quirk` behavior not being applied by sdhci.c.
[1] A number of Linux/FreeBSD users have noted that bringing up the chipsets'
associated ethernet interface will allow SD cards to enumerate (slowly).
This is a controller implementation side-effect triggered by the ethernet
driver's reading of the hardware statistics registers.
[2] This may also fix card detection when using the BCM57785 chipset, but I
don't have access to the BCM57785 chipset and can't verify.
I actually snagged some BCM57785 hardware recently (2012 Retina MacBook Pro)
and can confirm that this also fixes card enumeration with the BCM57785
chipset; with the patch, I can boot off of the internal sdcard reader.
PR: kern/203385
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landon@landonf.org>
Pull out read of PPD and platform detection logic to new functions,
ntb_detect_xeon(), ntb_detect_soc(). No functional change -- mostly
this is just shuffling the code to more closely match the Linux driver.
Linux commit log:
To simplify some of the platform detection code. Move the platform
detection to a function to be called earlier.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The doorbell registers (and associated mask) are 16-bit on Xeon but
64-bit on SoC. Abstract IO access to doorbell registers with
'db_ioread' and 'db_iowrite' (names and idea borrowed from the dual
BSD/GPL Linux driver).
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Original Linux commit log:
The NTB translate register must have the value to be BAR size aligned.
This alignment check make sure that the DMA memory allocated has the
proper alignment. Another requirement for NTB to function properly with
memory window BAR size greater or equal to 4M is to use the CMA feature
in 3.16 kernel with the appropriate CONFIG_CMA_ALIGNMENT and
CONFIG_CMA_SIZE_MBYTES set.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The detection of an uneven number of queues on the given memory windows
was not correct. The mw_num is zero based and the mod should be
division to spread them evenly over the mw's.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Remap MSI-X messages over available slots rather than falling back to
legacy INTx when fewer MSI-X slots are available than were requested.
N.B. the Linux driver does *not* do this.
To aid in testing, a tunable 'hw.ntb.force_remap_mode' has been added.
It defaults to off (0). When the tunable is enabled and sufficient
slots were available, the driver restricts the number of slots by one
and remaps the MSI-X messages over the remaining slots.
In case this is actually not okay (as I don't yet have access to this
hardware to test), a tunable 'hw.ntb.prefer_intx_to_remap' has been
added. It defaults to off (0). When the tunable is enabled and fewer
slots are available than requested, fall back to legacy INTx mode rather
than attempting to remap MSI-X messages.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb (earlier version)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Consumers that registered on this bit would never see a callback and it
is likely a mistake.
This does not affect if_ntb, which limits itself to a single doorbell
callback.
The names don't line up 100% with Linux. Our routines are named
ntb_setup_interrupts, ntb_setup_xeon_msix, ntb_setup_soc_msix, and
ntb_setup_legacy_interrupt. Linux SNB = FreeBSD Xeon; Linux BWD =
FreeBSD SOC. Original Linux commit log:
This is an cleanup effort to make ntb_setup_msix() more readable - use
ntb_setup_bwd_msix() to init MSI-Xs on BWD hardware and
ntb_setup_snb_msix() - on SNB hardware.
Function ntb_setup_snb_msix() also initializes MSI-Xs the way it should
has been done - looping pci_enable_msix() until success or failure.
Authored by: Alexander Gordeev
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Provide a better event interface between the client and transport.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
according to the Cortex-A8 TRM r3p2 section 3.2.49.
The A8 list differs from the "ARM-v7 common" list, given the A8
was an earlier model.
There is still more work to be done for other Cortex-Ax version as
andrew points out, but I am just trying to fix A8 for now for teaching.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
Obtained from: Cambridge/L41
Reviewed by: andrew
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3876
Enable Snoop from Primary to Secondary side on BAR23 and BAR45 on all
TLPs. Previously, Snoop was only enabled from Secondary to Primary
side. This can have a performance improvement on some workloads.
Also, make the code more obvious about how the link is being enabled.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Add a comment describing the necessary ordering of modifications to the
NTB Limit and Base registers.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
A WARN_ON is being hit in ntb_qp_link_work due to the NTB transport link
being down while the ntb qp link is still active. This is caused by the
transport link being brought down prior to the qp link worker thread
being terminated. To correct this, shutdown the qp's prior to bringing
the transport link down. Also, only call the qp worker thread if it is
in interrupt context, otherwise call the function directly.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The Xeon NTB-RP setup, the transparent side does not get a link up/down
interrupt. Since the presence of a NTB device on the transparent side
means that we have a NTB link up, we can work around the lack of an
interrupt by simply calling the link up function to notify the upper
layers.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Modifications to the 14th bit of the B2BDOORBELL register will not be
mirrored to the remote system due to a hardware issue. To get around
the issue, shrink the number of available doorbell bits by 1. The max
number of doorbells was being used as a way to referencing the Link
Doorbell bit. Since this would no longer work, the driver must now
explicitly reference that bit.
This does not affect the xeon_errata_workaround case, as it is not using
the b2bdoorbell register.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
NTB-RP is not a supported configuration on BWD hardware. Remove the
code attempting to set it up.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This commit does not actually add NTB-RP support. Mostly it serves to
shuffle code around to match the Linux driver. Original Linux commit
log follows:
Add support for Non-Transparent Bridge connected to a PCI-E Root Port on
the remote system (also known as NTB-RP mode). This allows for a NTB
enabled system to be connected to a non-NTB enabled system/slot.
Modifications to the registers and BARs/MWs on the Secondary side by the
remote system are reflected into registers on the Primary side for the
local system. Similarly, modifications of registers and BARs/MWs on
Primary side by the local system are reflected into registers on the
Secondary side for the Remote System. This allows communication between
the 2 sides via these registers and BARs/MWs.
Note: there is not a fix for the Xeon Errata (that was already worked
around in NTB-B2B mode) for NTB-RP mode. Due to this limitation, NTB-RP
will not work on the Secondary side with the Xeon Errata workaround
enabled. To get around this, disable the workaround via the
xeon_errata_workaround=0 modparm. However, this can cause the hang
described in the errata.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Many variable names in the NTB driver refer to the primary or secondary
side. However, these variables will be used to access the reverse case
when in NTB-RP mode. Make these names more generic in anticipation of
NTB-RP support.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The BWD NTB device will drop the link if an error is encountered on the
point-to-point PCI bridge. The link will stay down until all errors are
cleared and the link is re-established. On link down, check to see if
the error is detected, if so do the necessary housekeeping to try and
recover from the error and reestablish the link.
There is a potential race between the 2 NTB devices recovering at the
same time. If the times are synchronized, the link will not recover and
the driver will be stuck in this loop forever. Add a random interval to
the recovery time to prevent this race.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
There is a Xeon hardware errata related to writes to SDOORBELL or B2BDOORBELL
in conjunction with inbound access to NTB MMIO Space, which may hang the
system. To workaround this issue, use one of the memory windows to access the
interrupt and scratch pad registers on the remote system. This bypasses the
issue, but removes one of the memory windows from use by the transport. This
reduction of MWs necessitates adding some logic to determine the number of
available MWs.
Since some NTB usage methodologies may have unidirectional traffic, the ability
to disable the workaround via modparm has been added.
See BF113 in
http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/specification-updates/xeon-c5500-c3500-spec-update.pdf
See BT119 in
http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/specification-updates/xeon-e5-family-spec-update.pdf
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Due to ambiguous documentation, the USD/DSD identification is backward
when compared to the setting in BIOS. Correct the bits to match the
BIOS setting.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The NTB Xeon hardware has 16 scratch pad registers and 16 back-to-back
scratch pad registers. Correct the #define to represent this and update
the variable names to reflect their usage.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This doesn't free the mbuf upon error; the driver ic_raw_xmit method is still
doing that.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3774
Move error handling into ieee80211_parent_xmitpkt() instead of spreading it
between functions.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3772
* Create ieee80211_free_mbuf() which frees a list of mbufs.
* Use it in the fragment transmit path and ath / uath transmit paths.
* Call it in xmit_pkt() if the transmission fails; otherwise fragments
may be leaked.
This should be a big no-op.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3769
The system will appear to lockup for long periods of time due to the NTB
driver spending too much time in memcpy. Avoid this by reducing the
number of packets that can be serviced on a given interrupt.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The ring logic of the NTB receive buffer/transmit memory window requires
there to be at least 2 payload sized allotments. For the minimal size
case, split the buffer into two and set the transport_mtu to the
appropriate size.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
If the NTB link toggles, the driver could stop receiving due to the
tx_index not being set to 0 on the transmitting size on a link-up event.
This is due to the driver expecting the incoming data to start at the
beginning of the receive buffer and not at a random place.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Each link-up will allocate a new NTB receive buffer when the NTB
properties are negotiated with the remote system. These allocations did
not check for existing buffers and thus did not free them. Now, the
driver will check for an existing buffer and free it if not of the
correct size, before trying to alloc a new one.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
64bit BAR sizes are permissible with an NTB device. To support them
various modifications and clean-ups were required, most significantly
using 2 32bit scratch pad registers for each BAR.
Also, modify the driver to allow more than 2 Memory Windows.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
->remote_rx_info and ->rx_info are struct ntb_rx_info pointers. If we
add sizeof(struct ntb_rx_info) then it goes too far.
Authored by: Dan Carpenter
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This change fixes some amount of -Wsign-conversion and -Wconversion warnings
and sets correct sizes for some variables (as a result, some loop counters
were touched too).
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3763
This is roughly the iw_cxgbe equivalent of
be13b2dff8
-----------------
RDMA/cxgb4: Connect_request_upcall fixes
When processing an MPA Start Request, if the listening endpoint is
DEAD, then abort the connection.
If the IWCM returns an error, then we must abort the connection and
release resources. Also abort_connection() should not post a CLOSE
event, so clean that up too.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
-----------------
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju at chelsio dot com.
This was off because the net80211 aggregation code was using the same
state pointers for both fast frames and ampdu tx support which led to some
pretty unfortunate panic-y behaviour.
Now that net80211 doesn't panic, let's flip this back on.
It doesn't (yet) do the horrific sounding thing of A-MPDU aggregates
of fast frames; that'll come next. It's a pre-requisite to supporting
AMSDU + AMPDU anyway, which actually speeds things up quite considerably
(think packing lots of little ACK frames into a single AMSDU.)
Tested:
* QCA955x SoC, AP mode
* AR5416, STA mode
* AR9170, STA mode (with local fast frame patches)
these functions are thin wrappers around calling the hardware-layer driver,
but some of them do sanity checks and return an error. Since the hardware
layer can only return IIC_Exxxxx status values, the iicbus helper functions
must also adhere to that, so that drivers at higher layers can assume that
any non-zero status value is an IIC_Exxxx value that provides details about
what happened at the hardware layer (sometimes those details are important
for certain slave drivers).
errno values that are at least vaguely equivelent. Also add a new status
value, IIC_ERESOURCE, to indicate a failure to acquire memory or other
required resources to complete a transaction.
The IIC_Exxxxxx values are supposed to communicate low-level details of the
i2c transaction status between the lowest-layer hardware driver and
higher-layer bus protocol and device drivers for slave devices on the bus.
Most of those slave drivers just return all status values from the lower
layers directly to their callers, resulting in crazy error reporting from a
user's point of view (things like timeouts being reported as "no such
process"). Now there's a helper function to make it easier to start
cleaning up all those drivers.
Make it clearer what each one means in the comments that define them.
IIC_BUSBSY was used in many places to mean two different things, either
"someone else has reserved the bus so you have to wait until they're done"
or "the signal level on the bus was not in the state I expected before/after
issuing some command".
Now IIC_BUSERR is used consistantly to refer to protocol/signaling errors,
and IIC_BUSBSY refers to ownership/reservation of the bus.
perform a stop operation on the bus if there was an error, otherwise the
bus will remain hung forever. Consistantly use 'if (error != 0)' style in
the function.
The current Xen console driver is crashing very quickly when using it on
an ARM guest. This is because the console lock is recursive and it may
lead to recursion on the tty lock and/or corrupt the ring pointer.
Furthermore, the console lock is not always taken where it should be and has
to be released too early because of the way the console has been designed.
Over the years, code has been modified to support various new features but
the driver has not been reworked.
This new driver has been rewritten with the idea of only having a small set
of specific function to write either via the shared ring or the hypercall
interface.
Note that HVM support has been left aside for now because it requires
additional features which are not yet supported. A follow-up patch will be
sent with HVM guest support.
List of items that may be good to have but not mandatory:
- Avoid to flush for each character written when using the tty
- Support multiple consoles
Submitted by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3698
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Use direct dispatch into the destination hardware ring instead of using
a staging queue.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3757
Pull the latest headers for Xen which allow us to add support for ARM and
use new features in FreeBSD.
This is a verbatim copy of the xen/include/public so every headers which
don't exits anymore in the Xen repositories have been dropped.
Note the interface version hasn't been bumped, it will be done in a
follow-up. Although, it requires fix in the code to get it compiled:
- sys/xen/xen_intr.h: evtchn_port_t is already defined in the headers so
drop it.
- {amd64,i386}/include/intr_machdep.h: NR_EVENT_CHANNELS now depends on
xen/interface/event_channel.h, so include it.
- {amd64,i386}/{amd64,i386}/support.S: It's not neccessary to include
machine/intr_machdep.h. This is also fixing build compilation with the
new headers.
- dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: The typedef for blkif_request_segmenthas
been dropped. So directly use struct blkif_request_segment
Finally, modify xen/interface/xen-compat.h to throw a preprocessing error if
__XEN_INTERFACE_VERSION__ is not set. This is allow us to catch any file
where xen/xen-os.h is not correctly included.
Submitted by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3805
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
'rdrand' instruction may occasionally not return random numbers, in
spite of looping attempts to do so. The reusult is a KASSERT/panic.
Reluctantly accept this state-of-affairs, but make a noise about it.
if this 'noise' spams the console, it may be time to discontinue
using that source.
This is written in a general way to account for /any/ source that
might not supply random numbers when required.
Submitted by: jkh (report and slightly different fix)
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
* Remove obsolete drm_agp_*_memory() prototypes.
* Fix comment in drm_fops.c (outisde -> outside).
* Fix some formatting issues in drm_stub.c (spaces -> tabs).
* Add missing case statement (gen == 3) in intel_gpu_reset().
* Restore pci_enable_busmaster() call in the init path (fixes gpu hang on i945GM).
* Replace M_WAITOK with M_NOWAIT when the return value of malloc is checked (may be incorrect).
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: dumbbell
Approved by: dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3413
Now run(4) fetches parameters from ic->ic_wme.wme_params array, which is never initialized
(and can be safely removed). This patch replaces &ic->ic_wme.wme_params with
&ic->ic_wme.wme_chanParams.cap_wmeParams (contains parameters for local station;
used by other drivers with WME support).
Tested:
* me: STA: run0: MAC/BBP RT5390 (rev 0x0502), RF RT5370 (MIMO 1T1R), address 38:83:45:11:78:ae
Now device will use retry limit, which is set via 'ifconfig <interface>
maxretry <number>'.
Tested:
* Tested on WUSB54GC, STA mode.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3689
The MAC can be fetched from the key struct.
I added the ndis updates to make it compile.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3657
This diff includes:
* Transmitter Addresses, Keys and TKIP MIC addition to the Security Key Table.
* Proper SEC Control Registers initialization and maintenance.
* Additional flags and values in TX descriptor, which are required for encryption support.
* Error checking in RX path.
Tested:
* Tested on WUSB54GC, STA (WEP, TKIP, CCMP), HOSTAP (CCMP) and IBSS (CCMP, WPA-None) modes.
* rum0: MAC/BBP RT2573 (rev 0x2573a), RF RT2528, STA mode (CCMP+TKIP)
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3640
Note: I manually had to merge this; I merged in the "put beacon_offsets
into vap" commit before this.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3628
Don't override the NIC MAC address with an overridden MAC address for
a VAP.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3625
Tested:
* rum0: MAC/BBP RT2573 (rev 0x2573a), RF RT2528, STA mode
Note: haven't tested AP mode yet; will do once the rest of the
AP mode / power save commits are in.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3624
Move the mbuf free responsibility to the caller of the hardware xmit
function, not the hardware xmit function itself.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3621
* Remove unused sc_txtap_len/sc_rxtap_len fields.
* Remove unused ackrate variable.
* Remove unneded warning in rum_update_mcast().
* Use nitems().
* Replace some hardcoded values for RT2573_MAC_CSR1 register.
* Remove second argument for RUM_LOCK_ASSERT() - it is always the same.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3605
release resources (such as unholding pages) when errors occur. Some
recently added error checks return immediately instead of jumping to a
label resulting in leaks. Fix these to jump to a label to do cleanup
instead.
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3745
to shut down; close laptop lid" scenario which otherwise tended to end
with a laptop overheating or the battery dying.
The implementation uses a new sysctl, kern.suspend_blocked; init(8) sets
this while rc.suspend runs, and the ACPI sleep code ignores requests while
the sysctl is set.
Discussed on: freebsd-acpi (35 emails)
MFC after: 1 week
The fullmac firmware doesn't seem to populate a useful rssi indicator
in the RX descriptor, so if one plotted said values, they'd basically
look like garbage.
The reference driver implements a "get current rssi" firmware command
which I guess is really meant for station operation only (as hostap
operation would need rssi per station, not a single firmware read.)
So:
* populate sc_currssi during each calibration run;
* use this in the RX path instead of trying to reconstruct the RSSI
value and passing it around as a pointer;
* do up a quick hack to map the rssi hardware value to some useful
signal level;
* the survey results provide an RSSI value between 0..100, so just
do another quick hack to map it into some usefulish signal level;
* supply a faked noise floor - I haven't yet found how to pull it
out of the firmware.
The scan results and the station RSSI information is now more useful
for indicating signal strength / distance.
- Remove write-only SBUF_ULP_FLAG_COALESCE_OFF flag.
- Failure to allocate ulp_mbuf_cb during rx is a hard error. Panic
instead of just freeing the mbuf and pretending nothing happened. The
payload in the mbuf is precious because it has been ACK'ed by the TOE.
(ulp_mbuf_cb is going to go away soon and so will these potential
failures during rx.)
This logic is mostly crimed from the reference driver and the linux
r92su driver.
I verified that it (a) worked on the rsu hardware I have, and (b)
did traffic testing whilst watching what ath(4) sent as a hostap.
It successfully sent MCS8..15 rates (which requires 2-stream reception)
as well as MCS0..7 (which is 1-stream.)
Tested:
* RTL8712, 1T1R NIC, MCS rates 0..7.
* RTL8712, 1T2R NIC, MCS rates 0..15
TODO:
* Find a 2T2R NIC!
* include opt_wlan.h like a good little wlan driver;
* add a function to free the mbufq /and/ the node references on it, or we will leak
said node references;
* free the mbufq upon NIC shutdown otherwise we may end up with a full list that
we never begin transmit work on, and thus never drain it;
* .. which frees it upon NIC detach too;
* ensure urtwn_start() gets called after the completion of frame TX even if the
pending queue is empty, otherwise transmit will stall. It's highly unlikely that
the usb tx queue would be empty whilst the incoming send queue is full, but hey,
who knows.
This passes some iperf testing with and without the NIC being actively removed during
said active iperf test.
Tested:
* urtwn0: MAC/BB RTL8188EU, RF 6052 1T1R ; STA mode
Fast-frames:
* include opt_wlan.h ; tsk to not doing it earlier;
* add a tx pending tracking counter for seeing how deep
the hardware TX queue is;
* add the frame aging code from if_ath;
* add fast-frames capability to the driver setup.
Bugs:
* free the buffers (and node references) before
detaching net80211 state. This prevents a use-after-free in
the node free path where we've destroyed net80211 underneath it.
Don't make an integer to a boolean and then compare to a value which
needs an integer comparison.
Spotted by: reading kernel compile time log
MFC after: 2 weeks
in the join message so the firmware would pick it up.
* Strip out the direct hardware fiddling for 40MHz mode - the firmware
we're using doesn't require it (the rtl8712su firmware does; it
is less 'fullmac' than what we're using.)
* Fix the mbuf handling during errors - rsu_tx shouldn't free mbufs;
it's up to the caller to do so. This brings it in line with
what other drivers do or should be doing.
Tested:
* RTL8712, HT40 channel, STA mode (during this commit)
Atheros.
Thanks to OpenBSD for providing a driver based on the original
Atheros open source driver circa 2008. This uses the early, pre-carl9170
atheros provided firmware.
It only supports 11bg at the moment. I've not tested it with 11a
(and so the TX rate control logic may be slightly wrong!) so if
you do have the dual-band version of this hardware please do let me know.
Tested:
* AR9170, TP-Link WN821N 2GHz.
TODO:
* Hook this up to a non-module build.
Refer to the usb_quirk(4) manual page for more details on how to use
this new feature.
Submitted by: Maxime Soule <btik-fbsd@scoubidou.com>
PR: 203249
MFC after: 2 weeks
* Don't free the mbuf in the tx path - it uses the transmit path now,
so the caller frees the mbuf.
* Don't decrement the node ref upon error - that's up to the caller to
do as well.
Tested:
* Intel 5300 3x3 wifi, station mode
Noticed by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
* Add a new method to control NIC poweron / network-sleep / power off;
* Add in A-MPDU TX negotiation support, but comment it out because it
does break TX traffic;
* blank out the tx buffer before sending a firmware message, just in case;
* go into network-sleep once associated;
TODO:
* figure out why ampdu negotiation isn't working and breaking TX traffic,
then enable it.
to do it directly.
Ensure that we re-queue starting transmit upon TX completion.
This solves two issues:
* It stops tx stalls - before this, if the transmit path filled the
mbuf queue then it'd never start another transmit.
* It enforces ordering - this is very required for 802.11n which
requires frames to be transmitted in the order they're queued.
Since everything remotely involved in USB has an unlock/thing/relock
pattern with that mutex, the only way to guarantee TX ordering is
to 100% defer it into a separate thread.
This now survives an iperf test and gets a reliable 30mbit/sec.
Correctly (I hope!) remove net80211 references before doing so.
Just doing a dumb mbufq drain isn't enough.
If enough traffic occurs and the mbuf queue fills up then transmit
stalls (which I'm not fixing in this commit!) but then the mbuf queue
stays full until the driver is removed. There's also the net80211
node refcounting leak.
This just ensures that during rsu_stop and detach the mbuf queue
is purged (and references!) so the queue-full situation can be
recovered from.
setup pieces and so (at least) transmit doesn't work.
It'll just fall back to being a straight HT20 device and negotiate
HT20 only.
Tested by: Idwer Vollering <vidwer@gmail.com>
This also adds a newbus interface that allows a SoC to override the
following settings:
- if_dwc specific SoC initialization;
- if_dwc descriptor type;
- if_dwc MII clock.
This seems to be an old version of the hardware descriptors but it is
still in use in a few SoCs (namely Allwinner A20 and Amlogic at least).
Tested on Cubieboard2 and Banana pi.
Tested for regressions on Altera Cyclone by br@ (old version).
Obtained from: NetBSD
requirements.
Don't start the opmode and join path until a pending survey is finished.
This seems to reliably fix things.
Ideally I'd just finish off the net80211 pluggable scan stuff and implement
the methods here so if_rsu can just drive the scan machinery.
However, that's a .. later thing.
Whilst here, remove the getbuf debugging; it's okay to run out of transmit
buffers under load; it however isn't okay to not be able to send commands.
I'll fix that later.
* Add a tunable to enable 11n if it's available, so to not anger people
who upgrade.
kenv hw.usb.rsu.enable_11n=1 before inserting the device.
* Add initial 11n htconfig bits;
* Enable 40MHz mode if it's available;
* Add 11n channels;
* Set 11n bits in the firmware.
It works for RX; I haven't tested TX aggregation just yet.
However the firmware doesn't do RX re-ordering, so I have to tie it into
the net80211 A-MPDU RX reorder path before I flip this on by default.
I've verified that I'm indeed actually seeing MCS 0->7 rates being received.
I haven't dug into whether it's actually transmitting 11n rates; I'll dig into
that later.
* the tx descriptor TID is priority, not TID.
* the tx descriptor queue id mapping is separate from the
TID/priority; rather than just "BE".
TODO:
* go and re-re-re-verify the queue mappings; the linux and openbsd
mappings aren't exactly the same. I need to verify all of this
before I try to flip on 11n RX.
* Do 1T1R for now, until we read the config out of ROM and use it.
* Disable turbo mode, I dunno what this is, but the linux drivers
have this disabled.
* Set the firmware endpoints to what we read from USB.
Tested:
* RTL8712 cut 3, STA mode
data queues.
This is similar to the openbsd and rtlwifi/r92su drivers.
Note: this driver still assumes it's a 4-endpoint device; I'll enforce
that in a follow-up commit.
When the system has more than a single PCI domain, the bus numbers
are not unique, thus they cannot be used for "pci" device numbering.
Change bus numbers to -1 (i.e. to-be-determined automatically)
wherever the code did not care about domains.
Reviewed by: jhb
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3406
There is an issue with interrupts at the moment, but it works with
polling mode set (hw.usb.xhci.use_polling=1).
Reviewed by: hselasky
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3665
This allows for arbitrary channel info to be placed in the input call rather
than the totally gross hack of overriding ic_curchan.
Without this I'm sure ic_curchan setting was racing with the scan code
setting the channel itself..
The firmware in this NIC sends management frames. So far I'm not sure which
ones it handles and which ones it doesn't handle - but this is what openbsd
does.
The association messages are handled by the firmware; the key negotiation
for 802.1x and WPA are done as raw frames, not management frames.
This successfully allows it to associate to my home networks whereas it didn't
work beforehand.
Tested:
* RTL8712, cut 3, STA mode
TODO:
* The firmware does send a join response with a status code; that should be
logged in a more obvious way to assist with debugging. Ie, the firmware
is the thing that is saying "couldn't join, sorry!", not net80211.
to attach with the last version of this commit. This commit fixes
attach failures on "ICH8" class devices via modifications to
e1000_init_nvm_params_ich8lan()
- Fix compiler warning in 80003es2lan.c
- Add return value handler for e1000_*_kmrn_reg_80003es2lan
- Fix usage of DEBUGOUT
- Remove unnecessary variable initializations.
- Removed unused variables (complaints from gcc).
- Edit defines in 82571.h.
- Add workaround for igb hw errata.
- Shared code changes for Skylake/I219 support.
- Remove unused OBFF and LTR functions.
Tested by some of the folks that reported breakage in previous incarnation.
Thanks to AllanJude, gjb, gnn, tijl for tempting fate with their machines.
Submitted by: erj@freebsd.org
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3162
* yes, when a "sta disconnect" message comes through we should, like,
disconnect things. We're not currently generating beacon miss messages,
and net80211 isn't disconnecting things via software beacon miss receive.
Tested:
* RTL8712, cut 3, STA mode
* use an ath/iwn style debug bitmap - it's still global rather than per-device,
but it's better than debug levels
* disable bgscan - it just makes things unstable/unpredictable for now.
Tested:
* if_rsu - RTL8712 cut 3, STA mode
The pci bus driver handles the power state, it also manages
configuration state saving and restoring for its child devices. Thus a
PCI device driver does not have to worry about those things. In fact, I
observe a hard system hang when trying to suspend a system with active
radeonkms driver where both the bus driver and radeonkms driver try to
do the same thing. I suspect that it could be because of an access to a
PCI configuration register after the device is placed into D3 state.
Reviewed by: dumbbell, jhb
MFC after: 13 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3561
vendor supplied device trees contain the needed properties for us to select
the correct uart to use as the kernel console.
An example of this would be to add the following to loader.conf.
hw.fdt.console="/smb/uart@f7113000"
The intention of this is slightly different than the existing
hw.uart.console option. The new option will mean the boot serial
configuration will be derived from the device node, while the existing
option expects the user to configure all this themselves.
Further work is planned to allow the uart configuration to be set based on
the stdout-path property devicetree bindings.
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3559
Certain VM guest types (VMware, Xen) do not support MSI, so pci_alloc_msix()
always fails. isci(4) was not properly detecting the allocation failure,
and would try to proceed with MSIx resource initialization rather than
reverting to INTx.
Reported and tested by: Bradley W. Dutton (brad-fbsd-stable@duttonbros.com)
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
BIOS always enables PCI busmaster on the isci device, which effectively
worked around this omission. But when passing the isci device through
to a guest VM, the hypervisor will disable busmaster and isci will not
work without calling pci_enable_busmaster().
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This is a subtle use-after-free race that results in some very undesirable
hang behaviour.
Reviewed by: pkelsey
Obtained from: Kip Macy, NextBSD (91a9bd1dbb)
Gleaned from a public header file. 5402 and 5404 look like they may be
used on embedded devices. 5478 and 5488 are switch PHYs. 5754 change is just
to note a product alias.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3338
Submitted by: kevin.bowling@kev009.com
delete a logic volume on status change which is NOT what we want here.
The original code is correct in that when the volume changes status
the driver will only delete the volume if the status is one of the
fatal errors. A drive failure in a mirrored volume is NOT a situtation
where the volume should dissapear.
Reported on freebsd-scsi@:
https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-scsi/2015-September/006800.html
MFC after: 3 days
Resetting some generations of the I/OAT hardware (just BDXDE for now)
resets the corresponding MSI-X registers. So, teardown and
re-initialize interrupts after resetting the hardware.
Reviewed by: jimharris
Approved by: markj (mentor)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3549
SoC is used in the HiKey board from 96boards.
Currently on the SD card is working on the HiKey, as such devices 0 and 2
will need to be disabled, for example by adding the following to
loader.conf:
hint.hisi_dwmmc.0.disabled=1
hint.hisi_dwmmc.2.disabled=1
Relnotes: yes (Hikey board booting)
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
in Marvell terms) to 32768. 32768 looks overkill but it will
ensure correct DMAed update. This change addresses occasional
watchdog timeouts reported on 10.2-RELEASE.
Tested by: Johann Hugo <jhugo@meraka.csir.co.za>
MFC after: 2 weeks
only gpiobus configured via FDT is supported. Bus enumeration is
supported. Devices are created for each device found. 1-Wire
temperature controllers are supported, but other drivers could be
written. Temperatures are polled and reported via a sysctl. Errors
are reported via sysctl counters. Mis-wired bus detection is included
for more trouble shooting. See ow(4), owc(4) and ow_temp(4) for
details of what's supported and known issues.
This has been tested on Raspberry Pi-B, Pi2 and Beagle Bone Black
with up to 7 devices.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2956
Relnotes: yes
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: loos@ (with many insightful comments)
connectivity interact with the net80211 stack.
Historical background: originally wireless devices created an interface,
just like Ethernet devices do. Name of an interface matched the name of
the driver that created. Later, wlan(4) layer was introduced, and the
wlanX interfaces become the actual interface, leaving original ones as
"a parent interface" of wlanX. Kernelwise, the KPI between net80211 layer
and a driver became a mix of methods that pass a pointer to struct ifnet
as identifier and methods that pass pointer to struct ieee80211com. From
user point of view, the parent interface just hangs on in the ifconfig
list, and user can't do anything useful with it.
Now, the struct ifnet goes away. The struct ieee80211com is the only
KPI between a device driver and net80211. Details:
- The struct ieee80211com is embedded into drivers softc.
- Packets are sent via new ic_transmit method, which is very much like
the previous if_transmit.
- Bringing parent up/down is done via new ic_parent method, which notifies
driver about any changes: number of wlan(4) interfaces, number of them
in promisc or allmulti state.
- Device specific ioctls (if any) are received on new ic_ioctl method.
- Packets/errors accounting are done by the stack. In certain cases, when
driver experiences errors and can not attribute them to any specific
interface, driver updates ic_oerrors or ic_ierrors counters.
Details on interface configuration with new world order:
- A sequence of commands needed to bring up wireless DOESN"T change.
- /etc/rc.conf parameters DON'T change.
- List of devices that can be used to create wlan(4) interfaces is
now provided by net.wlan.devices sysctl.
Most drivers in this change were converted by me, except of wpi(4),
that was done by Andriy Voskoboinyk. Big thanks to Kevin Lo for testing
changes to at least 8 drivers. Thanks to pluknet@, Oliver Hartmann,
Olivier Cochard, gjb@, mmoll@, op@ and lev@, who also participated in
testing.
Reviewed by: adrian
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
While here update the list of devices id to match the one in linux 3.8.13
Reviewed by: dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3489
Keep a couple of old macros that will be removed lated when the rest of the code
will be updated to 3.8.13 equivalent.
Chase the renamed macros
Reviewed by: dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3487
Convert filemon_lock and struct filemon* lock to sx(9), rather than a
self-rolled reader-writer lock, and hold it for the entire time needed.
At least filemon_lock_write() was not checking for active readers when
it would successfully return with the write lock "held". This led to
a race with reading entries from filemon_inuse as they were removed. This
could be seen with QUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG enabled, causing -1 to be read as an
entry rather than a valid struct filemon*.
Fixing filemon_lock_write() to check readers was insufficient to fix the
races.
sx(9) was used as the lock could be held while taking proctree_lock and sleeping
in fo_write.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
MFC after: 2 weeks
I/OAT is also referred to as Crystal Beach DMA and is a Platform Storage
Extension (PSE) on some Intel server platforms.
This driver currently supports DMA descriptors only and is part of a
larger effort to upstream an interconnect between multiple systems using
the Non-Transparent Bridge (NTB) PSE.
For now, this driver is only built on AMD64 platforms. It may be ported
to work on i386 later, if that is desired. The hardware is exclusive to
x86.
Further documentation on ioat(4), including API documentation and usage,
can be found in the new manual page.
Bring in a test tool, ioatcontrol(8), in tools/tools/ioat. The test
tool is not hooked up to the build and is not intended for end users.
Submitted by: jimharris, Carl Delsey <carl.r.delsey@intel.com>
Reviewed by: jimharris (reviewed my changes)
Approved by: markj (mentor)
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Intel
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3456
in the parent, we will inherit the pmcids but cannot execute any operations
on them in the child. The reason for this is that pmc_find_pmc() only
tries to find the current process on the owners hash list, but given the
child does not own the attachment, we cannot find it.
Thus, in case the initial lookup fails, try to find the pmc_process state
affiliated with the child process, lookup the pmc from there using the
row index, and get the owner process from that pmc.
Then continue as normal and lookup the pmc context of the owner (process).
This allows us to call, e.g., pmc_start() in the child process before we
start the work there, but to collect the accumulated results later in
the parent.
Sponsored by: DARPA,AFRL
Obtained from: L41
Tested by: rwatson, L41
MFC after: 4 weeks
Reviewed by: gnn
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2052
Provide and document the RANDOM_ENABLE_UMA option.
Change RANDOM_FAST to RANDOM_UMA to clarify the harvesting.
Remove RANDOM_DEBUG option, replace with SDT probes. These will be of
use to folks measuring the harvesting effect when deciding whether to
use RANDOM_ENABLE_UMA.
Requested by: scottl and others.
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3197
Summary:
The RouterBoard uses a predefined partition map which doesn't exist in the fdt.
This change allows overriding the fdt slicer with a custom slicer, and uses this
custom slicer to define the flash map on the RouterBoard RB800.
D3305 converts the mpc85xx platform into a base class, so that systems based on
the mpc85xx platform can add their own overrides. This change builds on D3305,
and creates a RouterBoard (RB800) platform to initialize the slicer override.
Reviewed By: nwhitehorn, imp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3345
Introduce two new loader tunnables that can be used to disable PV disks and
PV nics at boot time. They default to 0 and should be set to 1 (or any
number different than 0) in order to disable the PV devices:
hw.xen.disable_pv_disks=1
hw.xen.disable_pv_nics=1
In /boot/loader.conf will disable both PV disks and nics.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Tested by: Karl Pielorz <kpielorz_lst@tdx.co.uk>
MFC after: 1 week
This driver allows read the software reset switch state and control the
status LEDs.
The GPIO pins have their direction (input/output) locked down to prevent
possible short circuits.
Note that most people get a reset button that is a hardware reset. The
software reset button is available on boards from Netgate.
Sponsored by: Rubicon Communications (Netgate)
Though there is no direct midi_uninit() caller amongst existing drivers
at this moment, a quick experiment indicates that EBUSY gives users more
precise error message once drivers start to honour this result. For example,
emu_midi_detach() should check the result of mpu401_uninit() and block
module unloading if there is any MIDI I/O in progress.
MFC after: 2 weeks
size as defined by VT_FB_DEFAULT_WIDTH and VT_FB_DEFAULT_HEIGHT
(at this time 2048x1200). The default is really a max. We cap
the height and width to those defaults and position the screen
in the center of the frame buffer.
Ideally we use a bigger font to utility the entire real estate
that is the frame buffer, but that's seen as an improvement over
making it work first.
PR: 193745
- Detach the gpiobus and the gpioc devices from the GPIO controller.
- Fix the leak of gpiobus IRQ rman(9) region descriptor.
- Fix the leak of child ivars and IRQ resource list.
While here return NULL (instead of 0) for a device_t that fails to allocate
the ivar memory.
Tested with gpiobus built as a module.
Sponsored by: Rubicon Communications (Netgate)
if desired.
Retire randomdev_none.c and introduce random_infra.c for resident
infrastructure. Completely stub out random(4) calls in the "without
DEV_RANDOM" case.
Add RANDOM_LOADABLE option to allow loadable Yarrow/Fortuna/LocallyWritten
algorithm. Add a skeleton "other" algorithm framework for folks
to add their own processing code. NIST, anyone?
Retire the RANDOM_DUMMY option.
Build modules for Yarrow, Fortuna and "other".
Use atomics for the live entropy rate-tracking.
Convert ints to bools for the 'seeded' logic.
Move _write() function from the algorithm-specific areas to randomdev.c
Get rid of reseed() function - it is unused.
Tidy up the opt_*.h includes.
Update documentation for random(4) modules.
Fix test program (reviewers, please leave this).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3354
Reviewed by: wblock,delphij,jmg,bjk
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
doesn't get overrun by things like NFS that can and do shove more than 32 segs when
being used with em(4) and TSO4.
Update tso handling code in em_xmit() with update from jhb@ in email thread:
https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-net/2014-July/039306.html
set ifp->if_hw_tsomax, ifp->if_hw_tsomaxsegcount & ifp->if_hw_tsomaxsegsize
to appropriate values.
Define a TSO workaround "magic" number of 4 that is used to avoid an
alignment issue in hardware.
Change a couple of integer values that were used as booleans to actual
bool types.
Ensure that em_enable_intr() enables the appropriate mask of interrupts
and not just a hardcoded define of values.
PR: 200221 199174 195078
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3192
Reviewed by: erj jhb hiren
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
After CAM replaced old ATA stack, this driver processes no more then one
request at a time per channel. Using UMA after that is overkill, so
replace it with simple preallocation of one request per channel.
MFC after: 2 weeks
horizonal resolution (width). In those cases fb_bpp ended up
completely wrong -- as in 6 bytes per pixel or something like
that. Since we already have a way to calculate fb_depth given
the masks and fb_bpp is effectively the same as fb_depth, all
we need to do is make sure fb_bpp is rounded to the next
multiple of the number of bits in a byte -- we assume we can
divide by the number of bits in a byte throughout vt(4).
While here:
- simplify how we calculate fb_depth.
- use fb_bpp instead of fb_depth to calculate fb_stride;
we know we can divide fb_bpp.
- don't limit fb_width and fb_height by VT_FB_DEFAULT_WIDTH
and VT_FB_DEFAULT_HEIGHT (resp.). Those constants have
not relation to the size of the frame buffer.
This at least fixes "lower-resolution" Macs. We're talking
1280x1024 or so. There still is a problem with 27" Macs,
which typically have a horizontal resolution over 2K.
PR: 193745 (partial)
Ok'd by: emaste@
intervals less than 250us was not handled properly. Add support for
high-bandwidth ISOCHRONOUS packets. USB webcams, USB audio and USB DVB
devices are expected to work better. High-bandwidth INTERRUPT
endpoints is not yet supported.
MFC after: 2 weeks
the kernel is tapping an USB transfer. This leads to a NULL pointer
access. The solution is to only trace while the USB bus lock is
locked.
MFC after: 2 weeks
like RPI-B and RPI-2.
Description of problem:
USB transfers can process data in their callbacks sometimes causing
unacceptable latency for other USB transfers. Separate BULK completion
callbacks from CONTROL, INTERRUPT and ISOCHRONOUS callbacks, and give
BULK completion callbacks lesser execution priority than the
others. This way USB audio won't be interfered by heavy USB ethernet
usage for example.
Further serve USB transfer completion in a round robin fashion,
instead of only serving the most CPU hungry. This has been done by
adding a third flag to USB transfer queue structure which keeps track
of looping callbacks. The "command" callback function then decides
what to do when looping.
MFC after: 2 weeks
root disk. The embedded image is linked into the kernel in the .mfs
section.
Add rules and variables to kern.pre.mk and kern.post.mk that handle the
linking of the image. First objcopy is used to generate an object file.
Then, the object file is linked into the kernel.
Submitted by: Steve Kiernan <stevek@juniper.net>
Reviewed by: brooks@
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2903
We first map 64KB at 0xA0000 and then determine whether to work
in text or graphics mode. When graphics mode, the mapping is
precisely what we need and everything is fine. But text mode,
has the frame buffer relocated to 0xB8000. We didn't map that
much to safely add 0x18000 bytes to the base address.
Now we first check whether to work in text or graphics mode and
then map the frame buffer at the right address and with the
right size (0xA0000+64KB for graphics, 0xB8000+32KB for text).
PR: 202276
Tested by: ed@
frame buffers and memory mapped UARTs.
1. Delay calling cninit() until after pmap_bootstrap(). This makes
sure we have PMAP initialized enough to add translations. Keep
kdb_init() after cninit() so that we have console when we need
to break into the debugger on boot.
2. Unfortunately, the ATPIC code had be moved as well so as to
avoid a spurious trap #30. The reason for which is not known
at this time.
3. In pmap_mapdev_attr(), when we need to map a device prior to the
VM system being initialized, use virtual_avail as the KVA to map
the device at. In particular, avoid using the direct map on amd64
because we can't demote by virtue of not being able to allocate
yet. Keep track of the translation.
Re-use the translation after the VM has been initialized to not
waste KVA and to satisfy the assumption in uart(4) that the handle
returned for the low-level console is the same as later returned
when the device is probed and attached.
4. In pmap_unmapdev() remove the mapping from the table when called
pre-init. Otherwise keep the mapping. During bus probe and attach
device resources are mapped and unmapped multiple times, which
would have us destroy the mapping used by the low-level console.
5. In pmap_init(), set pmap_initialized to signal that we're not
pre-init anymore. On amd64, bring the direct map in sync with the
translations created at that time.
6. Implement bus_space_map() and bus_space_unmap() for real: when
the tag corresponds to memory space, call the corresponding
pmap_mapdev() and pmap_unmapdev() functions to construct and
actual handle.
7. In efifb.c and vt_vga.c, remove the crutches and hacks and simply
call pmap_mapdev_attr() or bus_space_map() as desired.
Notes:
1. uart(4) already used bus_space_map() during low-level console
setup but since serial ports have traditionally been I/O port
based, the lack of a proper implementation for said function
was not a problem. It has always supported memory mapped UARTs
for low-level consoles by setting hw.uart.console accordingly.
2. The use of the direct map on amd64 without setting caching
attributes has been a bigger problem than previously thought.
This change has the fortunate (and unexpected) side-effect of
fixing various EFI frame buffer problems (though not all).
PR: 191564, 194952
Special thanks to:
1. XipLink, Inc -- generously donated an Intel Bay Trail E3800
based eval board (ADLE3800PC).
2. The FreeBSD Foundation, in particular emaste@ -- for UEFI
support in general and testing.
3. Everyone who tested the proposed for PR 191564.
4. jhb@ and kib@ for being a soundboard and applying a clue bat
if so needed.
define GID_VIDEO in sys/conf.h, and use it together with UID_ROOT
to define DRM_DEV_UID and DRM_DEV_GID in the drmP.h files.
So there is one place where the UID's and GID's are defined.
Submitted by: ed@
Reviewed by: ed@, dumbbell@
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3360
can be seen as the same as 0.2. There are changes with the data passed to
CPU_SUSPEND, however we don't yet use this call.
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
electrical signals on the serial port. Virtually all devices which output a
PPS signal generate a brief higher-voltage pulse, the leading edge of which
is the on-time point.
Both DCD and CTS are active-low signals on the wire, meaning the assertion
of their status bits in the modem status register corresponds to the lower
voltage level on the wire. So when the status bit transitions to not-set,
create a PPS assert event; when the status bit transitions to set, create a
PPS clear event.
eliminating the need to build a custom kernel to use the CTS signal.
The historical UART_PPS_ON_CTS kernel option is still honored, but now it
can be overridden at runtime using a tunable to configure all uart devices
(hw.uart.pps_mode) or specific devices (dev.uart.#.pps_mode). The per-
device config is both a tunable and a writable sysctl.
This syncs the PPS capabilities of uart(4) with the enhancements recently
recently added to ucom(4) for capturing from USB serial devices.
Relnotes: yes
devices in /dev/dri/ with this new group.
This will allow ports and users to more easily access to these devices
for OpenGL and OpenCL support.
Reviewed by: dumbbell@
Approved by: dumbbell@
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1260
Internal bridges in Cavium ThunderX SoC behave as subtractive,
but they are unable to be identified. Force setting an appropriate
flag.
Reviewed by: emaste, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3277
time_pps_fetch() to be used in blocking mode.
Also, don't init the pps api for system devices (consoles) that provide a
custom attach routine. The device may actually be a keyboard or other non-
tty device. If it wants to do pps processing (unlikely) it must handle
everything for itself. (In reality, only a sun keyboard uses a custom
attach routine, and it doesn't make a good pps device.)
For some reason 32-bit PIO writes are not working on 6Gbit/s Intel SATA
ports, while 16/32-bit PIO reads and 16-bit PIO writes are working fine.
3Gbit/s ports on the same controllers have no this problem.
Workaround this by disabling 32-bit PIO for all Intel controllers that may
have 6Gbit/s ports. It halves PIO performance from 6MB/s to 3MB/s, but
who bother about speed of such rare and slow mode, which is also highly
discouraged by SATA specifications?
MFC after: 2 weeks
There are still several bugs, but I've been using it for a while now.
Thanks to all the testers and to Adrian for his help with this
driver.
This driver isn't connected to the build yet, but it will be soon.
There's no MFC planned because the driver isn't very stable yet.
Reviewed by: adrian
Obtained from: https://github.com/rpaulo/iwm
Tested by: adrian, gjb, dumbbell (others that I forgot).
Relnotes: yes
* 286410
* 286413
* 286416
The initial commit broke a variety of debug and features that aren't
in the GENERIC kernels but are enabled in other platforms.
Main problem there was PIO mode support, that required KVA mapping.
Handle that case using recently added pmap_quick_enter_page(9) KPI,
mapping data pages to KVA one at a time.
with the net80211 stack.
Historical background: originally wireless devices created an interface,
just like Ethernet devices do. Name of an interface matched the name of
the driver that created. Later, wlan(4) layer was introduced, and the
wlanX interfaces become the actual interface, leaving original ones as
"a parent interface" of wlanX. Kernelwise, the KPI between net80211 layer
and a driver became a mix of methods that pass a pointer to struct ifnet
as identifier and methods that pass pointer to struct ieee80211com. From
user point of view, the parent interface just hangs on in the ifconfig
list, and user can't do anything useful with it.
Now, the struct ifnet goes away. The struct ieee80211com is the only
KPI between a device driver and net80211. Details:
- The struct ieee80211com is embedded into drivers softc.
- Packets are sent via new ic_transmit method, which is very much like
the previous if_transmit.
- Bringing parent up/down is done via new ic_parent method, which notifies
driver about any changes: number of wlan(4) interfaces, number of them
in promisc or allmulti state.
- Device specific ioctls (if any) are received on new ic_ioctl method.
- Packets/errors accounting are done by the stack. In certain cases, when
driver experiences errors and can not attribute them to any specific
interface, driver updates ic_oerrors or ic_ierrors counters.
Details on interface configuration with new world order:
- A sequence of commands needed to bring up wireless DOESN"T change.
- /etc/rc.conf parameters DON'T change.
- List of devices that can be used to create wlan(4) interfaces is
now provided by net.wlan.devices sysctl.
Most drivers in this change were converted by me, except of wpi(4),
that was done by Andriy Voskoboinyk. Big thanks to Kevin Lo for testing
changes to at least 8 drivers. Thanks to Olivier Cochard, gjb@, mmoll@,
op@ and lev@, who also participated in testing. Details here:
https://wiki.freebsd.org/projects/ifnet/net80211
Still, drivers: ndis, wtap, mwl, ipw, bwn, wi, upgt, uath were not
tested. Changes to mwl, ipw, bwn, wi, upgt are trivial and chances
of problems are low. The wtap wasn't compilable even before this change.
But the ndis driver is complex, and it is likely to be broken with this
commit. Help with testing and debugging it is appreciated.
Differential Revision: D2655, D2740
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
The ftdi chip itself has a "get bitmode" command that doesn't actually
return the current bitmode, just a snapshot of the gpio lines. The chip
apparently has no way to provide the current bitmode.
This implements the functionality at the driver level. The driver starts
out assuming the chip is in UART mode (which it will be, coming out of
reset) and keeps track of every successful set-bitmode operation so that
it can always return the current mode with UFTDIIOC_GET_BITMODE.
use vtophys() directly instead of vtomach() and retire the no-longer-used
headers <machine/xenfunc.h> and <machine/xenvar.h>.
Reported by: bde (stale bits in <machine/xenfunc.h>)
Reviewed by: royger (earlier version)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3266
is detaching.
This mostly fixes a panic - the reset path shouldn't run whilst
the NIC is being torn down.
It's not locked, so it's "mostly" ok, but most of the rest of
the driver doesn't read sc->invalid with sensible locking. Grr.
The real solution is to cleanly tear down taskqueues in the detach/suspend
phase, but ..
changes in the firmwares since 1.11.27.0 are listed here (straight copy-paste
from the "Release Notes.txt" accompanying the Chelsio Unified Wire 2.11.1.0
release on the website).
22.1. T5 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.14.4.0
Date : 08/05/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes a potential data path hang by properly programming PMTX congestion
threshold settings.
- Fixes a potential initialization error when accessing a configuration file
stored on the flash.
- Fixes a regression where SGE resources can be miss-sized if iWARP is disabled.
ETH:
- Fixes a timing issue that would prevent CR4 links from coming up with some
switches.
FOFCoE:
- Defers fcoe linkdown mailbox command handling till LOGO is sent.
- Updates vlan prio for all outstanding IOs during dcbx update.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds support for PAUSE OFF watchdog.
- Reports devlog access information in PCIE_FW_PF register 7.
ETH:
- Enhances segmentation offload to include VxLAN and Geneve.
- Adds PTP support.
- Adds new interface to allow the driver to query the VI rss table base
addresses.
- Allows the driver to program the SGE ingrext contxt CongDrop field.
OFLD:
- Adds new interface for the driver to specify offloaded connections TCP snd
and rcv scale factors.
iSCSI:
- Adds support for iscsi segmentatation offload (ISO).
- Adds support for iscsi t10-dif offload.
FOiSCSI:
- Sets FORCE_BIT for cut through processing for FOiSCSI.
FOFCoE:
- Adds support for FCoE BB6.
- Improves WRITE performance.
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.13.32.0
Date : 03/25/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes FW_CAPS_CONFIG_CMD return value on error (was positive instead of
negative)
- Fixes FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_FLOWC_BUFFIFO_SZ indication (was wrong on certain
adapter configurations)
- Fixes config file based PL_TIMEOUT register programming
ETH:
- Fixes a potential EO UDP SEG header corruption
- Fixes an issue where 1000Base-X was not enabled correctly when using QSA
modules
OFLD:
- Fixes timeout issue with half-open connections
- Fixes FW_FLOWC_WR processing when state is set to finwait1
FOFCoE:
- Fixes fcoe xchg leaks in linkdown/peer down path
- Fixes cleanup in FCoE linkdown and fixed buf timer flowid abuse
- Fixes fw crash by clearing fcf flowc during bye
FOiSCSI:
- Don't create a new tcp socket if ERL0 attempt has timed out.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds support for VFs on PFs 4 to 7
- Adds support for QPs/CQs on any physical and virtual function
ETH:
- Stops sending LACP frames on loopback interface
- Adds an AUTOEQU indication to CPL_SGE_EGR_UPDATE
- Adds support for CR4 links (BEAN/AEC on 40G TwinAx cables)
OFLD:
- Improves default settings of LAN and CLUSTER TCP timer settings
- Sends Negative Advice CPLs to software
FOISCSI:
- Adds IPv6 support for foiscsi. Keeps backward compatibility with
old foiscsi drivers which doesn't support ipv6.
FOFCoE:
- Added fcoe debug support in flowc dump
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.12.25.0
Date : 10/22/2014
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Improves precision of the Weight Round Robing Traffic Management Algorithm
- Fixes an issue where the link would intermittently fail to come up
- Fixes an issue where adapters with an external PHY couldn't run at 100Mbps
- Fixes an issue where active optical cables were not recognized
- Fixes link advertising issues on T520-BT (speed and pause frames) that would
cause the link to negotiate unexpected settings
- Forces link restart when auto-negotiation is disabled
- Fix an issue where pause frames wouldn't be fully disabled even if requested
ETH:
- Fixes NVGRE Segmentation Offload network header generation.
DCBX:
- Fixes an issue where some settings were not being sent to the switch
correctly
- Fixes an issue where back-to-back DCBX port updates could get overwritten by
FW
- Fixes a firmware crash on DCBX APP information request before link up
FOiSCSI:
- Fixes abort task leak in tmf response handling
- Fixes TCP RST handling while in iSCSI ERL0
- Fixes a firmware crash on BYE without INIT
ENHANCEMENTS
-------------
BASE:
- Adds link partner settings reporting when available
- Adds QSA support (in conjunction with QSA VPD)
- Adds T520-BT LED support
- Reports NOTSUPPORTED for modules with an unhandled identifier
DCBX:
- Adds version reporting (indicating which version FW is trying to negotiate)
- Adds IEEE support
- Reports LLDP time outs
FOiSCSI:
- Add support for multiple iSCSI DDP client
- Sends DHCP renew request when lease expires
================================================================================
22.2. T4 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.14.4.0
Date : 08/05/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes a potential initialization error when accessing a configuration file
stored on the flash.
- Initialize PCIE_DBG_INDIR_REQ.Enable to 0, as hardware failed to do so and
register dumps could result in errors.
ETH:
- Fixes an issue that sometimes prevented the link from coming up in CR adapters.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds support for PAUSE OFF watchdog.
- Reports devlog access information in PCIE_FW_PF register 7.
ETH:
- Adds new interface to allow the driver to query the VI rss table base
addresses.
OFLD:
- Adds new interface for the driver to specify offloaded connections TCP snd
and rcv scale factors.
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.13.32.0
Date : 03/25/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes FW_CAPS_CONFIG_CMD return value on error (was positive instead of
negative)
- Fixes FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_FLOWC_BUFFIFO_SZ indication (was wrong on certain
adapter configurations)
- Fixes config file based PL_TIMEOUT register programming
ETH:
- Fixes a potential EO UDP SEG header corruption
OFLD:
- Fixes timeout issue with half-open connections
- Fixes FW_FLOWC_WR processing when state is set to finwait1
FOiSCSI:
- Don't create a new tcp socket if ERL0 attempt has timed out.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
ETH:
- Stops sending LACP frames on loopback interface
- Adds an AUTOEQU indication to CPL_SGE_EGR_UPDATE
OFLD:
- Improves default settings of LAN and CLUSTER TCP timer settings
- Sends Negative Advice CPLs to software
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.12.25.0
Date : 10/22/2014
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Improves precision of the Weight Round Robing Traffic Management Algorithm
- Forces link restart when auto-negotiation is disabled
- Fix an issue where pause frames wouldn't be fully disabled even if requested
DCBX:
- Fixes an issue where some settings were not being sent to the switch
correctly
- Fixes an issue where back-to-back DCBX port updates could get overwritten by
FW
- Fixes a firmware crash on DCBX APP information request before link up
FOiSCSI:
- Fixes abort task leak in tmf response handling
- Fixes TCP RST handling while in iSCSI ERL0
- Fixes a firmware crash on BYE without INIT
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds link partner settings reporting when available
- Firmware now reports NOTSUPPORTED for modules with an unhandled identifier
DCBX:
- Adds version reporting (indicating which version FW is trying to negotiate)
- Adds IEEE support
- Reports LLDP time outs
FOiSCSI:
- Adds support for multiple iSCSI DDP clients
- Sends DHCP renew request when lease expires
================================================================================
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
- The existing TCP INP_INFO lock continues to protect the global inpcb list
stability during full list traversal (e.g. tcp_pcblist()).
- A new INP_LIST lock protects inpcb list actual modifications (inp allocation
and free) and inpcb global counters.
It allows to use TCP INP_INFO_RLOCK lock in critical paths (e.g. tcp_input())
and INP_INFO_WLOCK only in occasional operations that walk all connections.
PR: 183659
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2599
Reviewed by: jhb, adrian
Tested by: adrian, nitroboost-gmail.com
Sponsored by: Verisign, Inc.
hangs on shutdown with LUNs with mounted filesystems over a disconnected
iSCSI session.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3052
to double check for if the card has probed before. In fact, there's no
reason to single check either. Simplify the code as a result.
$FreeBSD$ added to lxutil.c in a non-standard way to help keep the
diffs with upstream to a minimum.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3263
Brightness is controlled through sysctl dev.gpiobacklight.X.brightness:
- any value greater than 0: backlight is on
- any value less than or equal to 0: backlight is off
FDT bindings docs in Linux tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt
the blkfront driver to perform I/Os of up to 2 MB, subject to support from
the blkback to which it is connected and the initiation of such large I/Os
by the rest of the kernel. In practice, the I/O size is increased from 40 kB
to 128 kB.
The changes to xen/interface/io/blkif.h consist merely of merging updates
from the upstream Xen repository.
In dev/xen/blkfront/block.h we add some convenience macros and structure
fields used for indirect-page I/Os: The device records its negotiated limit
on the number of indirect pages used, while each I/O command structure gains
permanently allocated page(s) for indirect page references and the Xen grant
references for those pages.
In dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c we now check in xbd_queue_cb whether a request
is small enough to handle without an indirection page, and either follow the
previous behaviour or use new code for issuing an indirect segment I/O. In
xbd_connect we read the size of indirect segment I/Os supported by the backend
and select the maximum size we will use; then allocate the pages and Xen grant
references for each I/O command structure. In xbd_free those grants and pages
are released.
A new loader tunable, hw.xbd.xbd_enable_indirect, can be set to 0 in order to
disable this functionality; it works by pretending that the backend does not
support this feature. Some backends exhibit a loss of performance with large
I/Os, so users may wish to test with and without this functionality enabled.
Reviewed by: royger
MFC after: 3 days
Relnotes: yes
Both are used to protect access to IP addresses lists and they can be
acquired for reading several times per packet. To reduce lock contention
it is better to use rmlock here.
Reviewed by: gnn (previous version)
Obtained from: Yandex LLC
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3149
While here, reduce the style diff with Linux.
There is no functional change. The goal is to ease the future update to
Linux 3.8's i915 driver.
MFC after: 2 months
enqueueing the frames when it fails. This way there is some latency
removed from the transmitting path.
- If IFF_DRV_OACTIVE is set (and also if IFF_DRV_RUNNING is not) just
enqueue the desired frames and return successful transmit. This way we
avoid to return errors on transmit side and resulting in
possible out-of-order frames. Please note that IFF_DRV_OACTIVE is set
everytime we get the threshold ring hit, so this can be happening quite
often.
Submitted by: Attilio.Rao@isilon.com
MFC after:5 days
On some platforms, the /cpus node contains cpu-to-cluster
map which deffinitely is not a CPU node. Its presence was
causing incrementing of "id" variable and reporting more
CPUs available than it should.
To make "id" valid, increment it only when an entry really
is a CPU device.
Reviewed by: andrew
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3216
Remove NAKing limit and pause IN and OUT transactions for 125us in
case of NAK response for BULK and CONTROL endpoints. This gets the
receive latency down and improves USB network throughput at the cost
of some CPU usage.
MFC after: 1 month
xhci_start_controller() to xhci_init(). These values don't change at run-
time so there's no point of acquiring them on every USB_HW_POWER_RESUME
instead of only once during initialization. In r276717, reading the first
couple of registers in question already had been moved as a prerequisite
for the changes in that revision.
- Identify ASMedia ASM1042A controllers.
- Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers.
MFC after: 3 days
variant of Microsoft RNDIS, i. e. their unofficial version of CDC ACM,
has been disabled in r261544 for resolving a conflict with umodem(4).
Eventually, in r275790 that problem was dealt with in the right way.
However, r275790 failed to put probing of RNDIS devices in question
back.
- Initialize the device prior to querying it, as required by the RNDIS
specification. Otherwise already determining the MAC address may fail
rightfully.
- On detach, halt the device again.
- Use UCDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_{COMMAND,RESPONSE}. While these macros are
resolving to the same values as UR_{CLEAR_FEATURE,GET_STATUS}, the
former set is way more appropriate in this context.
- Report unknown - rather: unimplemented - events unconditionally and
not just in debug mode. This ensures that we'll get some hint of what
is going wrong instead of the driver silently failing.
- Deal with the Microsoft ActiveSync requirement of using an input buffer
the size of the expected reply or larger - except for variably sized
replies - when querying a device.
- Fix some pointless NULL checks, style bugs etc.
This changes allow urndis(4) to communicate with a Microsoft-certified
USB RNDIS test token.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: genua mbh
uart_bus_attach() during its test that 20 iterations weren't sufficient
for clearing all pending interrupts, assuming this means that hardware
is broken and doesn't deassert interrupts. However, under pressure, 20
iterations also can be insufficient for clearing all pending interrupts,
leading to a panic as intr_event_handle() tries to schedule an interrupt
handler not registered. Solve this by introducing a flag that is set in
test mode and otherwise restores pre-r253161 behavior of uart_intr(). The
approach of additionally registering uart_intr() as handler as suggested
in PR 194979 is not taken as that in turn would abuse special pccard and
pccbb handling code of intr_event_handle(). [1]
- Const'ify uart_driver_name.
- Fix some minor style bugs.
PR: 194979 [1]
Reviewed by: marcel (earlier version)
MFC after: 3 days
raw data to the doorbell offset in order to clarify the intent and for
avoiding unnecessarily converting the endianess back and forth.
Unfortunately, the same can't be done in mpt_recv_handshake_reply() as
16-bit data needs to be read using 32-bit bus accessors.
- In mpt_recv_handshake_reply(), get rid of a redundant variable.
MFC after: 1 fortnight
- Use pointer assignment rather than a combination of pointers and
flags to switch buffers between unmapped and mapped. This eliminates
multiple flags and generally simplifies the logic.
- Eliminate b_saveaddr since it is only used with pager bufs which have
their b_data re-initialized on each allocation.
- Gather up some convenience routines in the buffer cache for
manipulating buf space and buf malloc space.
- Add an inline, buf_mapped(), to standardize checks around unmapped
buffers.
In collaboration with: mlaier
Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: pho (many small revisions ago)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Apologies, this was how it was supposed to land. Mea culpa.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3157
Reviewed by: gnn, hiren
Approved by: markj (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Driver must be able to start against older firmware that is missing
recently added MCDI calls, otherwise firmware upgrade will not be
possible.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3145
- Allocate resources for MSI-X table and PBA if necessary
- Add function ahci_free_mem() to free all resources
Reviewed by: jhb, mav
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3009
Windows Server 2012 and earlier hosts.
Submitted by: whu
Reviewed by: royger
Approved by: royger
MFC after: 3 days
Relnotes: No
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3086
- Add required MAC/VLAN filter when adding an LAA
- Fix bug where code did not check for I40E_SUCCESS from a successful
i40e_validate_mac_address() call in ixl_init_locked(), when setting
an LAA.
PR: 201240
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3111
Submitted by: Gregory Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Reviewed by: gnn, rstone
Approved by: gnn
MFC after: 2 weeks
The NVMe specification has no ability to specify a maximum delete size
that is less than the full capacity of the namespace - so just using the
namespace size is the correct value here.
This fixes reported issues where ZFS trim on init looked like it was
hanging the system - previously the default I/O max size (128KB on
Intel NVMe controllers) was used for delete operations which worked out
to only about 8MB/s. With this patch I can add an 800GB DC P3700
drive to a ZFS pool in about 15-20 seconds.
Reported by: Dylan Just <dylan@techtangents.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This feature is inspired by another Unix-alike OS commonly found on
airplane headrests.
A number of beasties[0] are drawn at top of framebuffer during boot,
based on the number of active SMP CPUs[1]. Console buffer output
continues to scroll in the screen area below beastie(s)[2].
After some time[3] has passed, the beasties are erased leaving the
entire terminal for use.
Includes two 80x80 vga16 beastie graphics and an 80x80 vga16 orb
graphic. (The graphics are RLE compressed to save some space -- 3x 3200
bytes uncompressed, or 4208 compressed.)
[0]: The user may select the style of beastie with
kern.vt.splash_cpu_style=(0|1|2)
[1]: Or the number may be overridden with tunable kern.vt.splash_ncpu.
[2]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UP2jizfr3_o
[3]: Configurable with kern.vt.splash_cpu_duration (seconds, def. 10).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2181
Reviewed by: dumbbell, emaste
Approved by: markj (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Explicitly mark existing VT_SYSCTL_INTs static. This is in preparation for
D2181.
Reviewed by: dumbbell, emaste
Approved by: markj (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
It is possible that some HW will use different PCI devids,
hence allow to replace the default domain🚌slot:func schema
by implementing and registering custom function.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3118
with some cards that causes them to become deselected after probing for
switch capabilities. The old workaround fixes the behavior with some cards,
but causes problems with the cards the behave correctly and don't become
deselected. Forcing a deselect then reselect appears to work correctly
with all cards in initial testing.
save it for later. This enables direct manipulation of the indirection
tables (although the stock driver doesn't do that right now).
MFC after: 1 month
1) Use the TX FIFO empty interrupts to poll the transmit FIFO usage,
instead of using own software counters and waiting for SOF
interrupts. Assume that enough FIFO space is available to execute one
USB OUT transfer of any kind when the TX FIFO is empty.
2) Use the host channel halted event to asynchronously wait for host
channels to be disabled instead of waiting for SOF interrupts. This
results in less turnaround time for re-using host channels and at the
same time increases the performance.
The network transmit performance measured by "iperf" for the "RPi-B v1
2011/12" board, increased from 45MBit/s to 65Mbit/s after applying the
changes above.
No regressions seen using:
- High Speed (BULK, CONTROL, INTERRUPT)
- Full Speed (All transfer types)
- Low Speed (Control and Interrupt)
MFC after: 1 month
Submitted by: Daisuke Aoyama <aoyama@peach.ne.jp>
polling at device attach time [1].
Add tunables 'debug.uart_force_poll' and 'debug.uart_poll_freq' to control
uart polling.
Submitted by: Aleksey Kuleshov (rndfax@yandex.ru) [1]
an if_ixv instance can now set at creation time, and the receive ring
tail pointer is correctly initialized (previously, things still worked
because the receive ring tail pointer was being fixed up as a side
effect of other activity).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2922
Reviewed by: erj, gnn
Approved by: jmallett (mentor)
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
I performed the commit on a different system as where I wrote the
change. After pulling in the change from Phabricator, I didn't notice
that a single chunk did not apply.
Approved by: secteam (implicit, as intended change was approved)
Pointy hat to: me
The random_get() system call works similar to getentropy()/getrandom()
on OpenBSD/Linux. It fills a buffer with random data.
This change introduces a new function, read_random_uio(), that is used
to implement read() on the random devices. We can call into this
function from within the CloudABI compatibility layer.
Approved by: secteam
Reviewed by: jmg, markm, wblock
Obtained from: https://github.com/NuxiNL/freebsd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3053
not. When doing multiqueue, we are all setup to have full 32bit RSS hash from
the card. We do not need to hide that under "ifdef RSS" and should expose that
by default so others like lagg(4) can use that and avoid hashing the traffic by
themselves.
While here, delete the FreeBSD version check and use of deprecated M_FLOWID.
Reviewed by: adrian, erj
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
IDs in initiator mode -- index in port database instead of handlers.
This makes initiator IDs persist across role changes and firmware resets,
when handlers previously assigned by firmware are lost and reused.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Aside from cleaner and more consistent code, this allows ports to be both
target and initiator same time, and easily switch from any role to any.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
in units of crypto blocks, so must have adequate space to write.
This means needing to be careful about buffers and keeping track
of external read request length.
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
PHY instead of the revision of the RADIO.
This fixes the RF switch state polling.
This is from DragonflyBSD, Commit 202e28d1f65e9f35df6032400df3242a3bafb483
Obtained from: DragonflyBSD
- Tweek man page.
- Remove all mention of RANDOM_FORTUNA. If the system owner wants YARROW or DUMMY, they ask for it, otherwise they get FORTUNA.
- Tidy up headers a bit.
- Tidy up declarations a bit.
- Make static in a couple of places where needed.
- Move Yarrow/Fortuna SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT to randomdev.c, moving us towards a single file where the algorithm context is used.
- Get rid of random_*_process_buffer() functions. They were only used in one place each, and are better subsumed into those places.
- Remove *_post_read() functions as they are stubs everywhere.
- Assert against buffer size illegalities.
- Clean up some silly code in the randomdev_read() routine.
- Make the harvesting more consistent.
- Make some requested argument name changes.
- Tidy up and clarify a few comments.
- Make some requested comment changes.
- Make some requested macro changes.
* NOTE: the thing calling itself a 'unit test' is not yet a proper
unit test, but it helps me ensure things work. It may be a proper
unit test at some time in the future, but for now please don't make
any assumptions or hold any expectations.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2025
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
Previously several places were doing it on its own, partially
incorrectly (e.g. without the filedesc locked) or even actively harmful
by populating jdir or assigning rootvnode without vrefing it.
Reviewed by: kib
(detected by jenkins run with gcc 4.9)
Update documentation on the use of netmap_priv_d,
rename the refcount and use the same structure in
FreeBSD and linux
No functional changes.
This commit contains large contributions from Giuseppe Lettieri and
Stefano Garzarella, is partly supported by grants from Verisign and Cisco,
and brings in the following:
- fix zerocopy monitor ports and introduce copying monitor ports
(the latter are lower performance but give access to all traffic
in parallel with the application)
- exclusive open mode, useful to implement solutions that recover
from crashes of the main netmap client (suggested by Patrick Kelsey)
- revised memory allocator in preparation for the 'passthrough mode'
(ptnetmap) recently presented at bsdcan. ptnetmap is described in
S. Garzarella, G. Lettieri, L. Rizzo;
Virtual device passthrough for high speed VM networking,
ACM/IEEE ANCS 2015, Oakland (CA) May 2015
http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/research.html
- fix rx CRC handing on ixl
- add module dependencies for netmap when building drivers as modules
- minor simplifications to device-specific routines (*txsync, *rxsync)
- general code cleanup (remove unused variables, introduce macros
to access rings and remove duplicate code,
Applications do not need to be recompiled, unless of course
they want to use the new features (monitors and exclusive open).
Those willing to try this code on stable/10 can just update the
sys/dev/netmap/*, sys/net/netmap* with the version in HEAD
and apply the small patches to individual device drivers.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: (partly) Verisign, Cisco
Detected by clang 3.7.0 with the warning:
sys/dev/cxgb/ulp/iw_cxgb/iw_cxgb_provider.c:309:18: error: variable
'rptr' is uninitialized when used here [-Werror,-Wuninitialized]
chp->cq.rptr = rptr;
^~~~
MFC after: 1 week
The 6205 (Taylor Peak) in the Lenovo X230 works fine in 5GHz 11a and 11n HT20,
but not 11n HT40. The NIC goes RX deaf the moment HT40 is configured.
It's so RX deaf that it doesn't even hear beacons and the firmware sends
"BEACON MISS" events. That's pretty deaf.
I tried configuring up the HT40 flags in monitor mode and it worked - so
I assumed that doing the transition from 20 -> 40MHz channel configuration
when going auth->assoc (ie, after the NIC has been partially configured)
is a problem.
So for now, let's just always set them if they're available.
Tested:
* Intel 5300, STA mode, 5GHz HT/40 AP; 2GHz HT/20 AP
* Intel 6205, STA mode, 5GHz HT/40, HT20, 11a AP; 2GHz HT/20 AP
This was pointed out to me by coworkers trying to use FreeBSD-HEAD
in the office on their Thinkpad T420p laptops.
TODO:
* I don't like how the HT40 flags are configured - the whole interop/
protection config should be re-checked. Notably, I think curhtprotmode
is 0 in a lot of cases, which means "no interoperability" and i think
that's busted.
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
To avoid conflicts between target and initiator devices in CAM, make
CTL use target ID reported by HBA as its initiator_id in XPT_PATH_INQ.
That target ID is known to never be used for initiator role, so it won't
conflict. For Fibre Channel and FireWire HBAs this specific ID choice
is irrelevant since all target IDs there are virtual. Same time for SPI
HBAs it seems could be even requirement to use same target ID for both
initiator and target roles.
While there are some more things to polish in isp(4) driver, first tests
of using both roles same time on the same port appeared successfull:
# camcontrol devlist -v
scbus0 on isp0 bus 0:
<FREEBSD CTLDISK 0001> at scbus0 target 1 lun 0 (da20,pass21)
<> at scbus0 target 256 lun 0 (ctl0)
<> at scbus0 target -1 lun ffffffff (ctl1)
FreeBSD never had limitation on number of target IDs, and there is no
any other requirement to allocate them densely. Since slots of port
database already populated just sequentially, there is no much need
for another indirection to allocate sequentially too.
This stops the panics that occur on MIPS platforms when doing say,
'sysctl dev.ath.0' whilst the MAC is asleep. The MIPS platform is
rather unforgiving in getting power-save register access wrong and you
will get all kinds of odd failures if you don't have things woken
up at the right times.
Tested:
* QCA9558 (TP-Link Archer C7 v2)
* AR9331 (Carambola 2)
.. with no VAPs configured and ath0 down (thus the MAC is definitely
asleep.)
PR: kern/201117
The Allwinner SoC has an AHCI device on its internal main bus rather
than the PCI bus. This SoC is somewhat underdocumented, and its SATA
controller is no exception. The methods to support this chip were
harvested from the Linux Allwinner SDK, and then constants invented to
describe what's going on based on low-level constants contained in the
SATA standard and guess work.
This SoC requires a specific AHCI channel setup in order to start the
operations on the channel properly.
Clock setup and AHCI channel setup idea came from NetBSD.
Tested on Cubieboard 2 and Banana pi (and attachment on Cubieboard by
Pratik Singhal).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D737
Submitted by: imp
Reviewed by: imp, ganbold, mav, andrew
Try to preserve the xn configuration when migrating. This is not always
possible since the backend might not have the same set of options
available, in which case we will try to preserve as many as possible.
MFC after: 2 weeks
PR: 183139
Reported by: mcdouga9@egr.msu.edu
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
According to report, some recent unrelated changes in the driver triggered
timeouts when testing for absent port multiplier. Cause of this behavior
channge is unclear, but since these chips are old, rare and buggy, it is
easier to just disable port multiplier support, same as done in Linux.
Reported by: bar
MFC after: 3 days
* GENERAL
- Update copyright.
- Make kernel options for RANDOM_YARROW and RANDOM_DUMMY. Set
neither to ON, which means we want Fortuna
- If there is no 'device random' in the kernel, there will be NO
random(4) device in the kernel, and the KERN_ARND sysctl will
return nothing. With RANDOM_DUMMY there will be a random(4) that
always blocks.
- Repair kern.arandom (KERN_ARND sysctl). The old version went
through arc4random(9) and was a bit weird.
- Adjust arc4random stirring a bit - the existing code looks a little
suspect.
- Fix the nasty pre- and post-read overloading by providing explictit
functions to do these tasks.
- Redo read_random(9) so as to duplicate random(4)'s read internals.
This makes it a first-class citizen rather than a hack.
- Move stuff out of locked regions when it does not need to be
there.
- Trim RANDOM_DEBUG printfs. Some are excess to requirement, some
behind boot verbose.
- Use SYSINIT to sequence the startup.
- Fix init/deinit sysctl stuff.
- Make relevant sysctls also tunables.
- Add different harvesting "styles" to allow for different requirements
(direct, queue, fast).
- Add harvesting of FFS atime events. This needs to be checked for
weighing down the FS code.
- Add harvesting of slab allocator events. This needs to be checked for
weighing down the allocator code.
- Fix the random(9) manpage.
- Loadable modules are not present for now. These will be re-engineered
when the dust settles.
- Use macros for locks.
- Fix comments.
* src/share/man/...
- Update the man pages.
* src/etc/...
- The startup/shutdown work is done in D2924.
* src/UPDATING
- Add UPDATING announcement.
* src/sys/dev/random/build.sh
- Add copyright.
- Add libz for unit tests.
* src/sys/dev/random/dummy.c
- Remove; no longer needed. Functionality incorporated into randomdev.*.
* live_entropy_sources.c live_entropy_sources.h
- Remove; content moved.
- move content to randomdev.[ch] and optimise.
* src/sys/dev/random/random_adaptors.c src/sys/dev/random/random_adaptors.h
- Remove; plugability is no longer used. Compile-time algorithm
selection is the way to go.
* src/sys/dev/random/random_harvestq.c src/sys/dev/random/random_harvestq.h
- Add early (re)boot-time randomness caching.
* src/sys/dev/random/randomdev_soft.c src/sys/dev/random/randomdev_soft.h
- Remove; no longer needed.
* src/sys/dev/random/uint128.h
- Provide a fake uint128_t; if a real one ever arrived, we can use
that instead. All that is needed here is N=0, N++, N==0, and some
localised trickery is used to manufacture a 128-bit 0ULLL.
* src/sys/dev/random/unit_test.c src/sys/dev/random/unit_test.h
- Improve unit tests; previously the testing human needed clairvoyance;
now the test will do a basic check of compressibility. Clairvoyant
talent is still a good idea.
- This is still a long way off a proper unit test.
* src/sys/dev/random/fortuna.c src/sys/dev/random/fortuna.h
- Improve messy union to just uint128_t.
- Remove unneeded 'static struct fortuna_start_cache'.
- Tighten up up arithmetic.
- Provide a method to allow eternal junk to be introduced; harden
it against blatant by compress/hashing.
- Assert that locks are held correctly.
- Fix the nasty pre- and post-read overloading by providing explictit
functions to do these tasks.
- Turn into self-sufficient module (no longer requires randomdev_soft.[ch])
* src/sys/dev/random/yarrow.c src/sys/dev/random/yarrow.h
- Improve messy union to just uint128_t.
- Remove unneeded 'staic struct start_cache'.
- Tighten up up arithmetic.
- Provide a method to allow eternal junk to be introduced; harden
it against blatant by compress/hashing.
- Assert that locks are held correctly.
- Fix the nasty pre- and post-read overloading by providing explictit
functions to do these tasks.
- Turn into self-sufficient module (no longer requires randomdev_soft.[ch])
- Fix some magic numbers elsewhere used as FAST and SLOW.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2025
Reviewed by: vsevolod,delphij,rwatson,trasz,jmg
Approved by: so (delphij)
offload support was introduced in r284746.
While here also fix the ioctl() handler for IPv4 added in r279819,
which was never compiled in given opt_inet.h was not included.
Switch from make_dev_alias to make_dev_alias_p since make_dev_alias_p can
gracefully fail if the /dev/megaraid_sas_ioctl_node symlink already exists.
This can happen if mfi(4) and mrsas(4) are both attached to cards and
providing Linux emulation support. Let the first one win. An equivalent
change has been done in mfi(4). Extra credit would be to pass the
Linux emulation call to the other driver when appropriate. This will
probably be a rare case and the user can manually change where the symlink
points to.
MFC after: 3 days
and there are some pending IOs at the time of OCR. This is mainly because of
recursive mutext in OCR and IO completion function call. Generic IO completion (from ISR) needs
sim_lock to be held before it calls completion to CAM (xpt_done), but in case of OCR path mrsas_ocr thread
itself take sim_lock, so this condition is now handled in this patch.
MFC after: 3 days
It is odd that driver first tries to generate synthetic WWNN based on
WWPN starting from 2, but then refuses to use it. If we don't trust
generated WWNN, we should probably not generate it. Same time this
limitation prevents potentially valid WWNN setting by user.
v1.1.4 2015-06-09
* Fix a bug that FailLED was not initialized properly.
v1.1.3 2015-05-19
* Support Report Luns command.
v1.1.2 2015-05-05
* Fix a bug that report wrong physical sector size for 512e HDD.
Many thanks to HighPoint for continued support of FreeBSD!
This driver update is intended for 10.2-RELEASE.
Submitted by: Steve Chang
MFC after: 3 days
This makes driver better track reported CAM_SEL_TIMEOUTs to properly
report device reappearance later. This fixes target 0 not reappearing
after initiator mode disabled and then reenabled.
MFC after: 3 days
The patch allows to run on unprivileged PF (PFIOV) passed to
a virtual machine.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2891
Added support for the following:
- iSCSI TLV (requires 64 Tx and 32 Rx rings
- 9K receive buffers for jumbo frames (feature may be enabled/disabled)
- builtin firmware, bootloader and minidump template
- quick stats
- async event handling for SFP insertion/removal and DCBX changes
- Configuring DCBX and interrupt coalescing parameters
adds support of 4Kn drives and report LUNs command.
This driver update is intended for 10.2-RELEASE.
Many thanks to HighPoint for providing this driver update.
Submitted by: Steve Chang
MFC after: 3 days
It (mostly) allows to enable/disable initiator mode in run time.
Target mode control is blocked here to force coordination with CTL.
While there, add separate tunables/sysctls for virtual channels.
Previous implementation was too fragile to initiator parameters changes.
In case of port role change it could not survive different handle assigned
to the same initiator by firmware, even though initiator was logged out.
The new implementation should be more resillient to this kind of problems,
trying to work in any situation and only warn user about suspisious events.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
xbd_initialize to xbd_connect. Both of these initialization steps need
to know what the maximum possible I/O size will be, and when we gain
support for indirect segment I/Os we won't know that value until we
reach xbd_connect. Since none of this data is used before xbd_connect
completes, moving the initialization is harmless.
This commit should not result in any functional changes.
removed bxe_free_mcast_macs_list() and bxe_init_mcast_macs_list()
fixed bug where copy of multicast list mta was deleted prior to passing the list to firmware
MFC after:5 days
adding already exists and if so just return that. The typical use case
is from identify routines, which shouldn't be adding multiple copies
of the same phandle_t to the gpiobus. Only one per phandle_t is needed
(or expected by the current code).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2871
into blkif segments, and moving it into a new function. This will be used
by upcoming support for indirect-segment blkif requests.
This commit should not result in any functional changes.
* nsegs must be at most BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST (since we specify
that limit to bus_dma_tag_create), so KASSERT that rather than silently
adjusting the request.
* block_segs is now a synonym for nsegs, so garbage collect that variable.
* nsegs is never read during or after the while loop, so remove the dead
decrement from the loop.
These were all left behind from the pre-r284296 support for a "segment
block" extension.
The iwn(4) firmware forgets most of its channel state after an RXON
command. This means that any beacons its seen on passive 5GHz channels
are forgotten upon an association/authorisation request.
This unfortuantely means that 5GHz association almost always fails -
the assoc and/or auth frames are dropped with a status of "passive
channel, haven't seen a beacon yet." (0x90.)
So:
* add an xmit queue, global, to buffer frames
* modify the xmit path to use the mbuf tag from net80211
to specify raw frame details
* buffer xmit frames from both raw and non-raw paths
* if a beacon is seen in the RX path, schedule a taskqueue to
send said frames and un-buffer things.
* flush frames during state change back to INIT, or NIC
down/up/detach.
This isn't the final shape I'd like this to be in but it certainly
is better than 5GHz "not working at all".
Tested:
* Intel 5100, STA mode (before spilling coffee)
* Intel 5300, STA mode (after spilling coffee)
Story:
* This has been bugging me at work for months, which I just
worked around by throwing an ath(4) into my Lenovo T400 cardbus
slot.
* Our ops director discovered indeed FreeBSD runs well on the
Lenovo T420p, except for that pesky 5GHz thing. So now developers
also can have a T420p running FreeBSD to do work with.
Their #1 feedback to me - "boy it'd be nice if 5GHz wifi worked."
* .. then, I was at NANOG but stuck with 5GHz only wifi and no ath(4)
NIC to put in a laptop - and I snapped.
Thus, the reason this is actually work related.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
There was a inconsistency which led to enable passthrough commands
being interpreted as actual touchpad commands.
Submitted by: Jan Kokemüller <jan.kokemueller at gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
ct_rxid value on CTIO completion. Try to workaround that using tag_id
from the CCB, pointed by still valid ct_syshandle.
I don't know whether this is valid fix or dirty hack, but considering that
alternative is indefinitely stuck command -- it worth trying.
MFC after: 1 week
In bxe_set_mc_list(): added missing BXE_MCAST_UNLOCK()
In __ecore_vlan_mac_h_exec_pending(): need to check for ECORE_PENDING
Submitted by:gary.zambrano@qlogic.com
o rev. 1.10: Nuke trailing whitespace.
o rev. 1.15: Fix typo in comment.
o rev. 1.16: Add the following registers from IEEE 802.3-2009 Clause 22:
- PSE control register (0x0b)
- PSE status register (0x0c)
- MMD access control register (0x0d)
- MMD access address data register (0x0e)
o rev. 1.17 (comments only): The bit location of link ability is different
between 1000Base-X and others (see Annex 28B.2 and 28D).
o rev. 1.18: Nuke dupe word.
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: genua mbh
This change re-organizes code a little bit to extract common pieces
of ttm_alloc_new_pages() and ttm_get_pages() into dedicated functions.
Also, for requests without address restrictions regular vm_page_alloc()
is used.
Lastly, when vm_page_alloc_contig() fails we call VM_WAIT before calling
vm_pageout_grow_cache() to ensure that there is enough free pages at all.
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 15 days
If the pathname is absolute or dirfd is AT_FDCWD we can
handle it exactly like open(2).
Otherwise we output an A record to indicate that the path of
an open directory needs to be used (earlier in the trace).
Differential Revision: D2810
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: a bit
vtnet interfaces are always in promiscuous mode (at least if the
VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX feature is not negotiated with the host). if_promisc() on
a vtnet interface returned ENOTSUP although it has IFF_PROMISC set. This
confused the bridge code. Instead we now accept all enable/disable promiscuous
commands (and always keep IFF_PROMISC set).
There are also two issues with the if_bridge error handling.
If if_promisc() fails it uses bridge_delete_member() to clean up. This tries to
disable promiscuous mode on the interface. That runs into an assert, because
promiscuous mode was never set in the first place. (That's the panic reported in
PR 200210.)
We can only unset promiscuous mode if the interface actually is promiscuous.
This goes against the reference counting done by if_promisc(), but only the
first/last if_promic() calls can actually fail, so this is safe.
A second issue is a double free of bif. It's already freed by
bridge_delete_member().
PR: 200210
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2804
Reviewed by: philip (mentor)
Add a check for NULL before strcmp on smbios information incase it is not populated
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2750
Reviewed by: ngie, jhb
Approved by: rpaulo
Sponsored by: ScaleEngine Inc.
bxe_ioctl() completes all functions within its context as opposed to a taskqueue earlier.
bxe_handle_rx_mode_tq() no longer required. bxe_set_rx_mode() handles the functionality within its context
Submitted by:gary.zambrano@qlogic.com
MFC after:5 days
which is default. It was broken in r281441.
It appears that set_trackpoint_parameters() call on resume disables the
mouse. So, we need not call it on resume if hw.psm.trackpoint_support=0.
The problem is that the probe functions are used both for probing and
for reiniting on resume. And the absense of the softc parameter is used
as a mark to distinguish reinit and probe, which is quite ugly. At the
same time the softc parameter is needed to call set_trackpoint_parameters().
o Change the arguments of probefunc_t to always supply the softc, and
use additional enum argument to tell probing from initing.
o Don't call set_trackpoint_parameters() from global doinitialize(),
instead call it from the enable_trackpoint() only.
o In enable_synaptics() call enable_trackpoint() in both probe and
reinit cases.
Together with: Jan Kokemüller <jan.kokemueller gmail.com>
Work based on Cavium Thunder PCIe driver by Semihalf.
Reviewed by: andrew, jhb
Sponsored by: HEIF5
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2386
